musicxml.xsd

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<xs:schema xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" elementFormDefault="qualified" attributeFormDefault="unqualified">
	<xs:annotation>
		<xs:documentation>MusicXML W3C XML schema (XSD)

Version 4.1 Draft

Copyright © 2004-2024 the Contributors to the MusicXML Specification,
published by the W3C Music Notation Community Group under the
W3C Community Contributor License Agreement (CLA):

    https://www.w3.org/community/about/agreements/cla/

A human-readable summary is available:

    https://www.w3.org/community/about/agreements/cla-deed/

This is the W3C XML Schema (XSD) version of the MusicXML 4.1 format. Validation
is tightened by moving MusicXML definitions from comments into schema data types and definitions.
Character entities and other entity usages that are not supported in W3C XML Schema
have been removed. The features of W3C XML Schema make it easier to define
variations of the MusicXML format, either via extension or restriction.

This file defines the MusicXML 4.1 XSD, including the score-partwise and
(deprecated) score-timewise document elements.

The XML catalog at catalog.xml supports validating against a local copy of this
XSD rather than the networked version. Software often has trouble using system IDs
due to factors such as restrictions on network access, or resources having moved
from the original specified location. To validate with the MusicXML XSD, use a
schema URI of "http://www.musicxml.org/xsd/musicxml.xsd".</xs:documentation>
	</xs:annotation>

	<xs:annotation>
		<xs:documentation>The MusicXML 4.1 DTD has no namespace, so for compatibility
			the MusicXML 4.1 XSD has no namespace either. Those who need to import the
			MusicXML XSD into another schema are advised to create a new version
			that uses "http://www.musicxml.org/xsd/MusicXML" as the namespace.</xs:documentation>
	</xs:annotation>
	<xs:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" schemaLocation="http://www.musicxml.org/xsd/xml.xsd"/>
	<xs:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" schemaLocation="http://www.musicxml.org/xsd/xlink.xsd"/>

	<!-- Simple types derived from common.mod entities and elements -->

	<xs:simpleType name="above-below">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The above-below type is used to indicate whether one element appears above or below another element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="above"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="below"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="beam-level">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The MusicXML format supports six levels of beaming, up to 1024th notes. Unlike the number-level type, the beam-level type identifies concurrent beams in a beam group. It does not distinguish overlapping beams such as grace notes within regular notes, or beams used in different voices.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger">
			<xs:minInclusive value="1"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="8"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="color">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The color type indicates the color of an element. Color may be represented as hexadecimal RGB triples, as in HTML, or as hexadecimal ARGB tuples, with the A indicating alpha of transparency. An alpha value of 00 is totally transparent; FF is totally opaque. If RGB is used, the A value is assumed to be FF.

For instance, the RGB value "#800080" represents purple. An ARGB value of "#40800080" would be a transparent purple.

As in SVG 1.1, colors are defined in terms of the sRGB color space (IEC 61966).</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:pattern value="#[\dA-F]{6}([\dA-F][\dA-F])?"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="comma-separated-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The comma-separated-text type is used to specify a comma-separated list of text elements, as is used by the font-family attribute.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:pattern value="[^,]+(, ?[^,]+)*"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="css-font-size">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The css-font-size type includes the CSS font sizes used as an alternative to a numeric point size.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="xx-small"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="x-small"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="small"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="medium"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="large"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="x-large"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="xx-large"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="divisions">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The divisions type is used to express values in terms of the musical divisions defined by the divisions element. It is preferred that these be integer values both for MIDI interoperability and to avoid roundoff errors.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:decimal"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="enclosure-shape">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The enclosure-shape type describes the shape and presence / absence of an enclosure around text or symbols. A bracket enclosure is similar to a rectangle with the bottom line missing, as is common in jazz notation. An inverted-bracket enclosure is similar to a rectangle with the top line missing.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="rectangle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="square"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="oval"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="circle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bracket"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="inverted-bracket"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="triangle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="diamond"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="pentagon"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hexagon"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="heptagon"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="octagon"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="nonagon"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="decagon"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="fermata-shape">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The fermata-shape type represents the shape of the fermata sign. The empty value is equivalent to the normal value.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="normal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="angled"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="square"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double-angled"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double-square"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double-dot"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="half-curve"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="curlew"/>
			<xs:enumeration value=""/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="font-family">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The font-family is a comma-separated list of font names. These can be specific font styles such as Maestro or Opus, or one of several generic font styles: music, engraved, handwritten, text, serif, sans-serif, handwritten, cursive, fantasy, and monospace. The music, engraved, and handwritten values refer to music fonts; the rest refer to text fonts. The fantasy style refers to decorative text such as found in older German-style printing.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="comma-separated-text"/>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="font-size">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The font-size can be one of the CSS font sizes (xx-small, x-small, small, medium, large, x-large, xx-large) or a numeric point size.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:union memberTypes="xs:decimal css-font-size"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="font-style">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The font-style type represents a simplified version of the CSS font-style property.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="normal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="italic"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="font-weight">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The font-weight type represents a simplified version of the CSS font-weight property.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="normal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bold"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="left-center-right">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The left-center-right type is used to define horizontal alignment and text justification.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="left"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="center"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="right"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="left-right">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The left-right type is used to indicate whether one element appears to the left or the right of another element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="left"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="right"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="line-length">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-length type distinguishes between different line lengths for doit, falloff, plop, and scoop articulations.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="short"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="medium"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="long"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="line-shape">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-shape type distinguishes between straight and curved lines.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="straight"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="curved"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="line-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-type type distinguishes between solid, dashed, dotted, and wavy lines.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="solid"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="dashed"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="dotted"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="wavy"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="midi-16">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The midi-16 type is used to express MIDI 1.0 values that range from 1 to 16.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger">
			<xs:minInclusive value="1"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="16"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="midi-128">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The midi-128 type is used to express MIDI 1.0 values that range from 1 to 128.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger">
			<xs:minInclusive value="1"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="128"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="midi-16384">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The midi-16384 type is used to express MIDI 1.0 values that range from 1 to 16,384.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger">
			<xs:minInclusive value="1"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="16384"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="mute">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The mute type represents muting for different instruments, including brass, winds, and strings. The on and off values are used for undifferentiated mutes. The remaining values represent specific mutes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="on"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="off"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="straight"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cup"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="harmon-no-stem"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="harmon-stem"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bucket"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="plunger"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="solotone"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="practice"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop-mute"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop-hand"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="echo"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="palm"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="non-negative-decimal">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The non-negative-decimal type specifies a non-negative decimal value.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:decimal">
			<xs:minInclusive value="0"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="number-level">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Slurs, tuplets, and many other features can be concurrent and overlap within a single musical part. The number-level entity distinguishes up to 16 concurrent objects of the same type when the objects overlap in MusicXML document order. Values greater than 6 are usually only needed for music with a large number of divisi staves in a single part, or if there are more than 6 cross-staff arpeggios in a single measure. When a number-level value is implied, the value is 1 by default.

When polyphonic parts are involved, the ordering within a MusicXML document can differ from musical score order. As an example, say we have a piano part in 4/4 where within a single measure, all the notes on the top staff are followed by all the notes on the bottom staff. In this example, each staff has a slur that starts on beat 2 and stops on beat 3, and there is a third slur that goes from beat 1 of one staff to beat 4 of the other staff.

In this situation, the two mid-measure slurs can use the same number because they do not overlap in MusicXML document order, even though they do overlap in musical score order. Within the MusicXML document, the top staff slur will both start and stop before the bottom staff slur starts and stops.

If the cross-staff slur starts in the top staff and stops in the bottom staff, it will need a separate number from the mid-measure slurs because it overlaps those slurs in MusicXML document order. However, if the cross-staff slur starts in the bottom staff and stops in the top staff, all three slurs can use the same number. None of them overlap within the MusicXML document, even though they all overlap each other in the musical score order. Within the MusicXML document, the start and stop of the top-staff slur will be followed by the stop and start of the cross-staff slur, followed by the start and stop of the bottom-staff slur.

As this example demonstrates, a reading program should be prepared to handle cases where the number-levels start and stop in an arbitrary order. Because the start and stop values refer to musical score order, a program may find the stopping point of an object earlier in the MusicXML document than it will find its starting point.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger">
			<xs:minInclusive value="1"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="16"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="number-of-lines">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The number-of-lines type is used to specify the number of lines in text decoration attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:nonNegativeInteger">
			<xs:minInclusive value="0"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="3"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="number-or-normal">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The number-or-normal values can be either a decimal number or the string "normal". This is used by the line-height and letter-spacing attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:union memberTypes="xs:decimal">
			<xs:simpleType>
				<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
					<xs:enumeration value="normal"/>
				</xs:restriction>
			</xs:simpleType>
		</xs:union>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="numeral-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The numeral-value type represents a Roman numeral or Nashville number value as a positive integer from 1 to 7.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger">
			<xs:minInclusive value="1"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="7"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="over-under">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The over-under type is used to indicate whether the tips of curved lines such as slurs and ties are overhand (tips down) or underhand (tips up).</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="over"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="under"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="percent">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The percent type specifies a percentage from 0 to 100.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:decimal">
			<xs:minInclusive value="0"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="100"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="positive-decimal">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The positive-decimal type specifies a positive decimal value.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:decimal">
			<xs:minExclusive value="0"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="positive-divisions">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The positive-divisions type restricts divisions values to positive numbers.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="divisions">
			<xs:minExclusive value="0"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="positive-integer-or-empty">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The positive-integer-or-empty values can be either a positive integer or an empty string.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:union memberTypes="xs:positiveInteger">
			<xs:simpleType>
				<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
					<xs:enumeration value=""/>
				</xs:restriction>
			</xs:simpleType>
		</xs:union>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="rotation-degrees">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The rotation-degrees type specifies rotation, pan, and elevation values in degrees. Values range from -180 to 180.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:decimal">
			<xs:minInclusive value="-180"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="180"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="semi-pitched">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The semi-pitched type represents categories of indefinite pitch for percussion instruments.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="high"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="medium-high"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="medium"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="medium-low"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="low"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="very-low"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="smufl-glyph-name">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The smufl-glyph-name type is used for attributes that reference a specific Standard Music Font Layout (SMuFL) character. The value is a SMuFL canonical glyph name, not a code point. For instance, the value for a standard piano pedal mark would be keyboardPedalPed, not U+E650.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:NMTOKEN"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="smufl-accidental-glyph-name">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The smufl-accidental-glyph-name type is used to reference a specific Standard Music Font Layout (SMuFL) accidental character. The value is a SMuFL canonical glyph name that starts with one of the strings used at the start of glyph names for SMuFL accidentals.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="smufl-glyph-name">
			<xs:pattern value="(acc|medRenFla|medRenNatura|medRenShar|kievanAccidental)(\c+)"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="smufl-coda-glyph-name">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The smufl-coda-glyph-name type is used to reference a specific Standard Music Font Layout (SMuFL) coda character. The value is a SMuFL canonical glyph name that starts with coda.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="smufl-glyph-name">
			<xs:pattern value="coda\c*"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="smufl-lyrics-glyph-name">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The smufl-lyrics-glyph-name type is used to reference a specific Standard Music Font Layout (SMuFL) lyrics elision character. The value is a SMuFL canonical glyph name that starts with lyrics.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="smufl-glyph-name">
			<xs:pattern value="lyrics\c+"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="smufl-pictogram-glyph-name">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The smufl-pictogram-glyph-name type is used to reference a specific Standard Music Font Layout (SMuFL) percussion pictogram character. The value is a SMuFL canonical glyph name that starts with pict.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="smufl-glyph-name">
			<xs:pattern value="pict\c+"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="smufl-segno-glyph-name">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The smufl-segno-glyph-name type is used to reference a specific Standard Music Font Layout (SMuFL) segno character. The value is a SMuFL canonical glyph name that starts with segno.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="smufl-glyph-name">
			<xs:pattern value="segno\c*"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="smufl-wavy-line-glyph-name">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The smufl-wavy-line-glyph-name type is used to reference a specific Standard Music Font Layout (SMuFL) wavy line character. The value is a SMuFL canonical glyph name that either starts with wiggle, or begins with guitar and ends with VibratoStroke. This includes all the glyphs in the Multi-segment lines range, excluding the beam glyphs.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="smufl-glyph-name">
			<xs:pattern value="(wiggle\c+)|(guitar\c*VibratoStroke)"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="start-note">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The start-note type describes the starting note of trills and mordents for playback, relative to the current note.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="upper"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="main"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="below"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="start-stop">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The start-stop type is used for an attribute of musical elements that can either start or stop, such as tuplets.

The values of start and stop refer to how an element appears in musical score order, not in MusicXML document order. An element with a stop attribute may precede the corresponding element with a start attribute within a MusicXML document. This is particularly common in multi-staff music. For example, the stopping point for a tuplet may appear in staff 1 before the starting point for the tuplet appears in staff 2 later in the document.

When multiple elements with the same tag are used within the same note, their order within the MusicXML document should match the musical score order.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="start"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="start-stop-continue">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The start-stop-continue type is used for an attribute of musical elements that can either start or stop, but also need to refer to an intermediate point in the symbol, as for complex slurs or for formatting of symbols across system breaks.

The values of start, stop, and continue refer to how an element appears in musical score order, not in MusicXML document order. An element with a stop attribute may precede the corresponding element with a start attribute within a MusicXML document. This is particularly common in multi-staff music. For example, the stopping point for a slur may appear in staff 1 before the starting point for the slur appears in staff 2 later in the document.

When multiple elements with the same tag are used within the same note, their order within the MusicXML document should match the musical score order. For example, a note that marks both the end of one slur and the start of a new slur should have the incoming slur element with a type of stop precede the outgoing slur element with a type of start.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="start"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="continue"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="start-stop-single">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The start-stop-single type is used for an attribute of musical elements that can be used for either multi-note or single-note musical elements, as for groupings.

When multiple elements with the same tag are used within the same note, their order within the MusicXML document should match the musical score order.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="start"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="single"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="string-number">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The string-number type indicates a string number. Strings are numbered from high to low, with 1 being the highest pitched full-length string.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="symbol-size">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The symbol-size type is used to distinguish between full, cue sized, grace cue sized, and oversized symbols.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="full"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cue"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="grace-cue"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="large"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="tenths">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tenths type is a number representing tenths of interline staff space (positive or negative). Both integer and decimal values are allowed, such as 5 for a half space and 2.5 for a quarter space. Interline space is measured from the middle of a staff line.

Distances in a MusicXML file are measured in tenths of staff space. Tenths are then scaled to millimeters within the scaling element, used in the defaults element at the start of a score. Individual staves can apply a scaling factor to adjust staff size. When a MusicXML element or attribute refers to tenths, it means the global tenths defined by the scaling element, not the local tenths as adjusted by the staff-size element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:decimal"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="text-direction">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The text-direction type is used to adjust and override the Unicode bidirectional text algorithm, similar to the Directionality data category in the W3C Internationalization Tag Set recommendation. Values are ltr (left-to-right embed), rtl (right-to-left embed), lro (left-to-right bidi-override), and rlo (right-to-left bidi-override). The default value is ltr. This type is typically used by applications that store text in left-to-right visual order rather than logical order. Such applications can use the lro value to better communicate with other applications that more fully support bidirectional text.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="ltr"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="rtl"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="lro"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="rlo"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="tied-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tied-type type is used as an attribute of the tied element to specify where the visual representation of a tie begins and ends. A tied element which joins two notes of the same pitch can be specified with tied-type start on the first note and tied-type stop on the second note. To indicate a note should be undamped, use a single tied element with tied-type let-ring. For other ties that are visually attached to a single note, such as a tie leading into or out of a repeated section or coda, use two tied elements on the same note, one start and one stop.

In start-stop cases, ties can add more elements using a continue type. This is typically used to specify the formatting of cross-system ties.

When multiple elements with the same tag are used within the same note, their order within the MusicXML document should match the musical score order. For example, a note with a tie at the end of a first ending should have the tied element with a type of start precede the tied element with a type of stop.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="start"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="continue"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="let-ring"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="time-only">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The time-only type is used to indicate that a particular playback- or listening-related element only applies particular times through a repeated section. The value is a comma-separated list of positive integers arranged in ascending order, indicating which times through the repeated section that the element applies.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:pattern value="[1-9][0-9]*(, ?[1-9][0-9]*)*"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="top-bottom">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The top-bottom type is used to indicate the top or bottom part of a vertical shape like non-arpeggiate.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="top"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bottom"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="tremolo-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tremolo-type is used to distinguish double-note, single-note, and unmeasured tremolos.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="start"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="single"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="unmeasured"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="trill-beats">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The trill-beats type specifies the beats used in a trill-sound or bend-sound attribute group. It is a decimal value with a minimum value of 2.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:decimal">
			<xs:minInclusive value="2"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="trill-step">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The trill-step type describes the alternating note of trills and mordents for playback, relative to the current note.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="whole"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="half"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="unison"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="two-note-turn">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The two-note-turn type describes the ending notes of trills and mordents for playback, relative to the current note.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="whole"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="half"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="up-down">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The up-down type is used for the direction of arrows and other pointed symbols like vertical accents, indicating which way the tip is pointing.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="down"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="upright-inverted">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The upright-inverted type describes the appearance of a fermata element. The value is upright if not specified.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="upright"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="inverted"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="valign">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The valign type is used to indicate vertical alignment to the top, middle, bottom, or baseline of the text. If the text is on multiple lines, baseline alignment refers to the baseline of the lowest line of text. Defaults are implementation-dependent.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="top"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="middle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bottom"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="baseline"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="valign-image">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The valign-image type is used to indicate vertical alignment for images and graphics, so it does not include a baseline value. Defaults are implementation-dependent.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="top"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="middle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bottom"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="yes-no">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The yes-no type is used for boolean-like attributes. We cannot use W3C XML Schema booleans due to their restrictions on expression of boolean values.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="yes"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="no"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="yes-no-number">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The yes-no-number type is used for attributes that can be either boolean or numeric values.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:union memberTypes="yes-no xs:decimal"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="yyyy-mm-dd">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Calendar dates are represented yyyy-mm-dd format, following ISO 8601. This is a W3C XML Schema date type, but without the optional timezone data.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:date">
			<xs:pattern value="[^:Z]*"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<!-- Simple types derived from attributes.mod entities and elements -->

	<xs:simpleType name="cancel-location">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The cancel-location type is used to indicate where a key signature cancellation appears relative to a new key signature: to the left, to the right, or before the barline and to the left. It is left by default. For mid-measure key elements, a cancel-location of before-barline should be treated like a cancel-location of left.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="left"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="right"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="before-barline"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="clef-sign">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The clef-sign type represents the different clef symbols. The jianpu sign indicates that the music that follows should be in jianpu numbered notation, just as the TAB sign indicates that the music that follows should be in tablature notation. Unlike TAB, a jianpu sign does not correspond to a visual clef notation.

The none sign is deprecated as of MusicXML 4.0. Use the clef element's print-object attribute instead. When the none sign is used, notes should be displayed as if in treble clef.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="G"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="F"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="C"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="percussion"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="TAB"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="jianpu"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="fifths">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The fifths type represents the number of flats or sharps in a traditional key signature. Negative numbers are used for flats and positive numbers for sharps, reflecting the key's placement within the circle of fifths (hence the type name).</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:integer"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="mode">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The mode type is used to specify major/minor and other mode distinctions. Valid mode values include major, minor, dorian, phrygian, lydian, mixolydian, aeolian, ionian, locrian, and none.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="show-frets">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The show-frets type indicates whether to show tablature frets as numbers (0, 1, 2) or letters (a, b, c). The default choice is numbers.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="numbers"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="letters"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="staff-line">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff-line type indicates the line on a given staff. Staff lines are numbered from bottom to top, with 1 being the bottom line on a staff.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger"/>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="staff-line-position">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff-line-position type indicates the line position on a given staff. Staff lines are numbered from bottom to top, with 1 being the bottom line on a staff. A staff-line-position value can extend beyond the range of the lines on the current staff.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:integer"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="staff-number">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff-number type indicates staff numbers within a multi-staff part. Staves are numbered from top to bottom, with 1 being the top staff on a part.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="staff-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff-type value can be ossia, editorial, cue, alternate, or regular. An ossia staff represents music that can be played instead of what appears on the regular staff. An editorial staff also represents musical alternatives, but is created by an editor rather than the composer. It can be used for suggested interpretations or alternatives from other sources. A cue staff represents music from another part. An alternate staff shares the same music as the prior staff, but displayed differently (e.g., treble and bass clef, standard notation and tablature). It is not included in playback. An alternate staff provides more information to an application reading a file than encoding the same music in separate parts, so its use is preferred in this situation if feasible. A regular staff is the standard default staff-type.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="ossia"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="editorial"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cue"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="alternate"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="regular"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="time-relation">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The time-relation type indicates the symbol used to represent the interchangeable aspect of dual time signatures.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="parentheses"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bracket"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="equals"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="slash"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="space"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hyphen"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="time-separator">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The time-separator type indicates how to display the arrangement between the beats and beat-type values in a time signature. The default value is none. The horizontal, diagonal, and vertical values represent horizontal, diagonal lower-left to upper-right, and vertical lines respectively. For these values, the beats and beat-type values are arranged on either side of the separator line. The none value represents no separator with the beats and beat-type arranged vertically. The adjacent value represents no separator with the beats and beat-type arranged horizontally.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="horizontal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="diagonal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="vertical"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="adjacent"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="time-symbol">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The time-symbol type indicates how to display a time signature. The normal value is the usual fractional display, and is the implied symbol type if none is specified. Other options are the common and cut time symbols, as well as a single number with an implied denominator. The note symbol indicates that the beat-type should be represented with the corresponding downstem note rather than a number. The dotted-note symbol indicates that the beat-type should be represented with a dotted downstem note that corresponds to three times the beat-type value, and a numerator that is one third the beats value.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="common"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cut"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="single-number"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="note"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="dotted-note"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="normal"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<!-- Simple types derived from barline.mod elements -->

	<xs:simpleType name="backward-forward">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The backward-forward type is used to specify repeat directions. The start of the repeat has a forward direction while the end of the repeat has a backward direction.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="backward"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="forward"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="bar-style">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The bar-style type represents barline style information. Choices are regular, dotted, dashed, heavy, light-light, light-heavy, heavy-light, heavy-heavy, tick (a short stroke through the top line), short (a partial barline between the 2nd and 4th lines), and none.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="regular"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="dotted"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="dashed"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="heavy"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="light-light"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="light-heavy"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="heavy-light"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="heavy-heavy"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tick"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="short"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="ending-number">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The ending-number type is used to specify either a comma-separated list of positive integers without leading zeros, or a string of zero or more spaces. It is used for the number attribute of the ending element. The zero or more spaces version is used when software knows that an ending is present, but cannot determine the type of the ending.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:pattern value="([ ]*)|([1-9][0-9]*(, ?[1-9][0-9]*)*)"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="right-left-middle">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The right-left-middle type is used to specify barline location.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="right"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="left"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="middle"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="start-stop-discontinue">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The start-stop-discontinue type is used to specify ending types. Typically, the start type is associated with the left barline of the first measure in an ending. The stop and discontinue types are associated with the right barline of the last measure in an ending. Stop is used when the ending mark concludes with a downward jog, as is typical for first endings. Discontinue is used when there is no downward jog, as is typical for second endings that do not conclude a piece.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="start"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="discontinue"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="winged">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The winged attribute indicates whether the repeat has winged extensions that appear above and below the barline. The straight and curved values represent single wings, while the double-straight and double-curved values represent double wings. The none value indicates no wings and is the default.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="straight"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="curved"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double-straight"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double-curved"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<!-- Simple types derived from direction.mod elements -->

	<xs:simpleType name="accordion-middle">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The accordion-middle type may have values of 1, 2, or 3, corresponding to having 1 to 3 dots in the middle section of the accordion registration symbol. This type is not used if no dots are present.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:positiveInteger">
			<xs:minInclusive value="1"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="3"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="beater-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The beater-value type represents pictograms for beaters, mallets, and sticks that do not have different materials represented in the pictogram. The finger and hammer values are in addition to Stone's list.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="bow"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="chime hammer"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="coin"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="drum stick"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="finger"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="fingernail"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="fist"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="guiro scraper"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hammer"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hand"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="jazz stick"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="knitting needle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="metal hammer"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="slide brush on gong"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="snare stick"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="spoon mallet"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="superball"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="triangle beater"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="triangle beater plain"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="wire brush"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="degree-symbol-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The degree-symbol-value type indicates which symbol should be used in specifying a degree.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="major"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="minor"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="augmented"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="diminished"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="half-diminished"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="degree-type-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The degree-type-value type indicates whether the current degree element is an addition, alteration, or subtraction to the kind of the current chord in the harmony element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="add"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="alter"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="subtract"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="effect-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The effect-value type represents pictograms for sound effect percussion instruments. The cannon, lotus flute, and megaphone values are in addition to Stone's list.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="anvil"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="auto horn"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bird whistle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cannon"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="duck call"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="gun shot"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="klaxon horn"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="lions roar"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="lotus flute"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="megaphone"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="police whistle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="siren"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="slide whistle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="thunder sheet"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="wind machine"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="wind whistle"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="glass-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The glass-value type represents pictograms for glass percussion instruments.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="glass harmonica"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="glass harp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="wind chimes"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="harmony-arrangement">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harmony-arrangement type indicates how stacked chords and bass notes are displayed within a harmony element. The vertical value specifies that the second element appears below the first. The horizontal value specifies that the second element appears to the right of the first. The diagonal value specifies that the second element appears both below and to the right of the first.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="vertical"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="horizontal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="diagonal"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="harmony-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harmony-type type differentiates different types of harmonies when alternate harmonies are possible. Explicit harmonies have all note present in the music; implied have some notes missing but implied; alternate represents alternate analyses.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="explicit"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="implied"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="alternate"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="kind-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>A kind-value indicates the type of chord. Degree elements can then add, subtract, or alter from these starting points. Values include:

Triads:
	major (major third, perfect fifth)
	minor (minor third, perfect fifth)
	augmented (major third, augmented fifth)
	diminished (minor third, diminished fifth)
Sevenths:
	dominant (major triad, minor seventh)
	major-seventh (major triad, major seventh)
	minor-seventh (minor triad, minor seventh)
	diminished-seventh (diminished triad, diminished seventh)
	augmented-seventh (augmented triad, minor seventh)
	half-diminished (diminished triad, minor seventh)
	major-minor (minor triad, major seventh)
Sixths:
	major-sixth (major triad, added sixth)
	minor-sixth (minor triad, added sixth)
Ninths:
	dominant-ninth (dominant-seventh, major ninth)
	major-ninth (major-seventh, major ninth)
	minor-ninth (minor-seventh, major ninth)
11ths (usually as the basis for alteration):
	dominant-11th (dominant-ninth, perfect 11th)
	major-11th (major-ninth, perfect 11th)
	minor-11th (minor-ninth, perfect 11th)
13ths (usually as the basis for alteration):
	dominant-13th (dominant-11th, major 13th)
	major-13th (major-11th, major 13th)
	minor-13th (minor-11th, major 13th)
Suspended:
	suspended-second (major second, perfect fifth)
	suspended-fourth (perfect fourth, perfect fifth)
Functional sixths:
	Neapolitan
	Italian
	French
	German
Other:
	pedal (pedal-point bass)
	power (perfect fifth)
	Tristan

The "other" kind is used when the harmony is entirely composed of add elements.

The "none" kind is used to explicitly encode absence of chords or functional harmony. In this case, the root, numeral, or function element has no meaning. When using the root or numeral element, the root-step or numeral-step text attribute should be set to the empty string to keep the root or numeral from being displayed.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="major"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="minor"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="augmented"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="diminished"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="dominant"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="major-seventh"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="minor-seventh"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="diminished-seventh"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="augmented-seventh"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="half-diminished"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="major-minor"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="major-sixth"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="minor-sixth"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="dominant-ninth"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="major-ninth"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="minor-ninth"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="dominant-11th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="major-11th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="minor-11th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="dominant-13th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="major-13th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="minor-13th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="suspended-second"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="suspended-fourth"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Neapolitan"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Italian"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="French"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="German"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="pedal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="power"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Tristan"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="other"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="line-end">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-end type specifies if there is a jog up or down (or both), an arrow, or nothing at the start or end of a bracket.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="both"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="arrow"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="measure-numbering-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The measure-numbering-value type describes how measure numbers are displayed on this part: no numbers, numbers every measure, or numbers every system.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="measure"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="system"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="membrane-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The membrane-value type represents pictograms for membrane percussion instruments.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="bass drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bass drum on side"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bongos"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Chinese tomtom"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="conga drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cuica"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="goblet drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Indo-American tomtom"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Japanese tomtom"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="military drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="snare drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="snare drum snares off"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tabla"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tambourine"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tenor drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="timbales"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tomtom"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="metal-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The metal-value type represents pictograms for metal percussion instruments. The hi-hat value refers to a pictogram like Stone's high-hat cymbals but without the long vertical line at the bottom.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="agogo"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="almglocken"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bell"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bell plate"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bell tree"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="brake drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cencerro"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="chain rattle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Chinese cymbal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cowbell"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="crash cymbals"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="crotale"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cymbal tongs"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="domed gong"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="finger cymbals"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flexatone"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="gong"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hi-hat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="high-hat cymbals"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="handbell"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="jaw harp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="jingle bells"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="musical saw"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="shell bells"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sistrum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sizzle cymbal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sleigh bells"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="suspended cymbal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tam tam"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tam tam with beater"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="triangle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Vietnamese hat"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="milliseconds">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The milliseconds type represents an integral number of milliseconds.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:nonNegativeInteger"/>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="numeral-mode">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The numeral-mode type specifies the mode similar to the mode type, but with a restricted set of values. The different minor values are used to interpret numeral-root values of 6 and 7 when present in a minor key. The harmonic minor value sharpens the 7 and the melodic minor value sharpens both 6 and 7. If a minor mode is used without qualification, either in the mode or numeral-mode elements, natural minor is used.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="major"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="minor"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="natural minor"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="melodic minor"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="harmonic minor"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="on-off">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The on-off type is used for notation elements such as string mutes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="on"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="off"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="pedal-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The pedal-type simple type is used to distinguish types of pedal directions. The start value indicates the start of a damper pedal, while the sostenuto value indicates the start of a sostenuto pedal. The other values can be used with either the damper or sostenuto pedal. The soft pedal is not included here because there is no special symbol or graphic used for it beyond what can be specified with words and bracket elements.

The change, continue, discontinue, and resume types are used when the line attribute is yes. The change type indicates a pedal lift and retake indicated with an inverted V marking. The continue type allows more precise formatting across system breaks and for more complex pedaling lines. The discontinue type indicates the end of a pedal line that does not include the explicit lift represented by the stop type. The resume type indicates the start of a pedal line that does not include the downstroke represented by the start type. It can be used when a line resumes after being discontinued, or to start a pedal line that is preceded by a text or symbol representation of the pedal.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="start"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sostenuto"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="change"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="continue"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="discontinue"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="resume"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="pitched-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The pitched-value type represents pictograms for pitched percussion instruments. The chimes and tubular chimes values distinguish the single-line and double-line versions of the pictogram.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="celesta"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="chimes"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="glockenspiel"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="lithophone"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="mallet"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="marimba"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="steel drums"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tubaphone"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tubular chimes"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="vibraphone"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="xylophone"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="principal-voice-symbol">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The principal-voice-symbol type represents the type of symbol used to indicate a principal or secondary voice. The "plain" value represents a plain square bracket. The value of "none" is used for analysis markup when the principal-voice element does not have a corresponding appearance in the score.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="Hauptstimme"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Nebenstimme"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="plain"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="staff-divide-symbol">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff-divide-symbol type is used for staff division symbols. The down, up, and up-down values correspond to SMuFL code points U+E00B, U+E00C, and U+E00D respectively.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="up-down"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="start-stop-change-continue">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The start-stop-change-continue type is used to distinguish types of pedal directions.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="start"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="change"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="continue"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="sync-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The sync-type type specifies the style that a score following application should use to synchronize an accompaniment with a performer. The none type indicates no synchronization to the performer. The tempo type indicates synchronization based on the performer tempo rather than individual events in the score. The event type indicates synchronization by following the performance of individual events in the score rather than the performer tempo. The mostly-tempo and mostly-event types combine these two approaches, with mostly-tempo giving more weight to tempo and mostly-event giving more weight to performed events. The always-event type provides the strictest synchronization by not being forgiving of missing performed events.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tempo"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="mostly-tempo"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="mostly-event"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="event"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="always-event"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="system-relation-number">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The system-relation-number type distinguishes measure numbers that are associated with a system rather than the particular part where the element appears. A value of only-top or only-bottom indicates that the number should appear only on the top or bottom part of the current system, respectively. A value of also-top or also-bottom indicates that the number should appear on both the current part and the top or bottom part of the current system, respectively. If these values appear in a score, when parts are created the number should only appear once in this part, not twice. A value of none indicates that the number is associated only with the current part, not with the system.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="only-top"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="only-bottom"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="also-top"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="also-bottom"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="system-relation">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The system-relation type distinguishes elements that are associated with a system rather than the particular part where the element appears. A value of only-top indicates that the element should appear only on the top part of the current system. A value of also-top indicates that the element should appear on both the current part and the top part of the current system. If this value appears in a score, when parts are created the element should only appear once in this part, not twice. A value of none indicates that the element is associated only with the current part, not with the system.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="system-relation-number">
			<xs:enumeration value="only-top"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="also-top"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>	
	
	<xs:simpleType name="tip-direction">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tip-direction type represents the direction in which the tip of a stick or beater points, using Unicode arrow terminology.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="left"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="right"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="northwest"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="northeast"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="southeast"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="southwest"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="stick-location">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The stick-location type represents pictograms for the location of sticks, beaters, or mallets on cymbals, gongs, drums, and other instruments.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="center"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="rim"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cymbal bell"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cymbal edge"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="stick-material">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The stick-material type represents the material being displayed in a stick pictogram.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="soft"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="medium"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hard"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="shaded"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="x"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="stick-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The stick-type type represents the shape of pictograms where the material in the stick, mallet, or beater is represented in the pictogram.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="bass drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double bass drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="glockenspiel"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="gum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hammer"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="superball"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="timpani"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="wound"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="xylophone"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="yarn"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="up-down-stop-continue">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The up-down-stop-continue type is used for octave-shift elements, indicating the direction of the shift from their true pitched values because of printing difficulty.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="continue"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="wedge-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The wedge type is crescendo for the start of a wedge that is closed at the left side, diminuendo for the start of a wedge that is closed on the right side, and stop for the end of a wedge. The continue type is used for formatting wedges over a system break, or for other situations where a single wedge is divided into multiple segments.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="crescendo"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="diminuendo"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="stop"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="continue"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="wood-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The wood-value type represents pictograms for wood percussion instruments. The maraca and maracas values distinguish the one- and two-maraca versions of the pictogram.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="bamboo scraper"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="board clapper"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cabasa"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="castanets"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="castanets with handle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="claves"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="football rattle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="guiro"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="log drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="maraca"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="maracas"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="quijada"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="rainstick"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="ratchet"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="reco-reco"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sandpaper blocks"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="slit drum"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="temple block"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="vibraslap"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="whip"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="wood block"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<!-- Simple types derived from layout.mod elements -->

	<xs:simpleType name="distance-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The distance-type defines what type of distance is being defined in a distance element. Values include beam and hyphen. This is left as a string so that other application-specific types can be defined, but it is made a separate type so that it can be redefined more strictly.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="glyph-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The glyph-type defines what type of glyph is being defined in a glyph element. Values include quarter-rest, g-clef-ottava-bassa, c-clef, f-clef, percussion-clef, octave-shift-up-8, octave-shift-down-8, octave-shift-continue-8, octave-shift-down-15, octave-shift-up-15, octave-shift-continue-15, octave-shift-down-22, octave-shift-up-22, and octave-shift-continue-22. This is left as a string so that other application-specific types can be defined, but it is made a separate type so that it can be redefined more strictly.

A quarter-rest type specifies the glyph to use when a note has a rest element and a type value of quarter. The c-clef, f-clef, and percussion-clef types specify the glyph to use when a clef sign element value is C, F, or percussion respectively. The g-clef-ottava-bassa type specifies the glyph to use when a clef sign element value is G and the clef-octave-change element value is -1. The octave-shift types specify the glyph to use when an octave-shift type attribute value is up, down, or continue and the octave-shift size attribute value is 8, 15, or 22.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="line-width-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-width-type defines what type of line is being defined in a line-width element. Values include beam, bracket, dashes, enclosure, ending, extend, heavy barline, leger, light barline, octave shift, pedal, slur middle, slur tip, staff, stem, tie middle, tie tip, tuplet bracket, and wedge. This is left as a string so that other application-specific types can be defined, but it is made a separate type so that it can be redefined more strictly.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="margin-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The margin-type type specifies whether margins apply to even page, odd pages, or both.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="odd"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="even"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="both"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="millimeters">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The millimeters type is a number representing millimeters. This is used in the scaling element to provide a default scaling from tenths to physical units.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:decimal"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="note-size-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The note-size-type type indicates the type of note being defined by a note-size element. The grace-cue type is used for notes of grace-cue size. The grace type is used for notes of cue size that include a grace element. The cue type is used for all other notes with cue size, whether defined explicitly or implicitly via a cue element. The large type is used for notes of large size.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="cue"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="grace"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="grace-cue"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="large"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<!-- Simple types derived from note.mod elements -->

	<xs:simpleType name="accidental-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The accidental-value type represents notated accidentals supported by MusicXML. In the MusicXML 2.0 DTD this was a string with values that could be included. The XSD strengthens the data typing to an enumerated list. The quarter- and three-quarters- accidentals are Tartini-style quarter-tone accidentals. The -down and -up accidentals are quarter-tone accidentals that include arrows pointing down or up. The slash- accidentals are used in Turkish classical music. The numbered sharp and flat accidentals are superscripted versions of the accidental signs, used in Turkish folk music. The sori and koron accidentals are microtonal sharp and flat accidentals used in Iranian and Persian music. The other accidental covers accidentals other than those listed here. It is usually used in combination with the smufl attribute to specify a particular SMuFL accidental. The smufl attribute may be used with any accidental value to help specify the appearance of symbols that share the same MusicXML semantics.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="sharp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="natural"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double-sharp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sharp-sharp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat-flat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="natural-sharp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="natural-flat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="quarter-flat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="quarter-sharp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="three-quarters-flat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="three-quarters-sharp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sharp-down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sharp-up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="natural-down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="natural-up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat-down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat-up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double-sharp-down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double-sharp-up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat-flat-down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat-flat-up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="arrow-down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="arrow-up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="triple-sharp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="triple-flat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="slash-quarter-sharp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="slash-sharp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="slash-flat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double-slash-flat"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sharp-1"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sharp-2"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sharp-3"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sharp-5"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat-1"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat-2"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat-3"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="flat-4"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="sori"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="koron"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="other"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="arrow-direction">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The arrow-direction type represents the direction in which an arrow points, using Unicode arrow terminology.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="left"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="right"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="northwest"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="northeast"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="southeast"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="southwest"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="left right"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="up down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="northwest southeast"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="northeast southwest"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="other"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="arrow-style">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The arrow-style type represents the style of an arrow, using Unicode arrow terminology. Filled and hollow arrows indicate polygonal single arrows. Paired arrows are duplicate single arrows in the same direction. Combined arrows apply to double direction arrows like left right, indicating that an arrow in one direction should be combined with an arrow in the other direction.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="single"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="filled"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hollow"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="paired"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="combined"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="other"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="beam-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The beam-value type represents the type of beam associated with each of 8 beam levels (up to 1024th notes) available for each note.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="begin"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="continue"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="end"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="forward hook"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="backward hook"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="bend-shape">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The bend-shape type distinguishes between the angled bend symbols commonly used in standard notation and the curved bend symbols commonly used in both tablature and standard notation.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="angled"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="curved"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="breath-mark-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The breath-mark-value type represents the symbol used for a breath mark.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value=""/>
			<xs:enumeration value="comma"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="tick"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="upbow"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="salzedo"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="caesura-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The caesura-value type represents the shape of the caesura sign.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="normal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="thick"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="short"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="curved"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="single"/>
			<xs:enumeration value=""/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="circular-arrow">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The circular-arrow type represents the direction in which a circular arrow points, using Unicode arrow terminology.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="clockwise"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="anticlockwise"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="fan">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The fan type represents the type of beam fanning present on a note, used to represent accelerandos and ritardandos.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="accel"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="rit"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="handbell-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The handbell-value type represents the type of handbell technique being notated.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="belltree"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="damp"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="echo"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="gyro"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="hand martellato"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="mallet lift"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="mallet table"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="martellato"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="martellato lift"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="muted martellato"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="pluck lift"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="swing"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="harmon-closed-location">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harmon-closed-location type indicates which portion of the symbol is filled in when the corresponding harmon-closed-value is half.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="right"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bottom"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="left"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="top"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="harmon-closed-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harmon-closed-value type represents whether the harmon mute is closed, open, or half-open.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="yes"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="no"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="half"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="hole-closed-location">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The hole-closed-location type indicates which portion of the hole is filled in when the corresponding hole-closed-value is half.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="right"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bottom"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="left"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="top"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="hole-closed-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The hole-closed-value type represents whether the hole is closed, open, or half-open.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="yes"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="no"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="half"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="note-type-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The note-type-value type is used for the MusicXML type element and represents the graphic note type, from 1024th (shortest) to maxima (longest).</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="1024th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="512th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="256th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="128th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="64th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="32nd"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="16th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="eighth"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="quarter"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="half"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="whole"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="breve"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="long"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="maxima"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="notehead-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>
The notehead-value type indicates shapes other than the open and closed ovals associated with note durations. 

The values do, re, mi, fa, fa up, so, la, and ti correspond to Aikin's 7-shape system.  The fa up shape is typically used with upstems; the fa shape is typically used with downstems or no stems.

The arrow shapes differ from triangle and inverted triangle by being centered on the stem. Slashed and back slashed notes include both the normal notehead and a slash. The triangle shape has the tip of the triangle pointing up; the inverted triangle shape has the tip of the triangle pointing down. The left triangle shape is a right triangle with the hypotenuse facing up and to the left.

The other notehead covers noteheads other than those listed here. It is usually used in combination with the smufl attribute to specify a particular SMuFL notehead. The smufl attribute may be used with any notehead value to help specify the appearance of symbols that share the same MusicXML semantics. Noteheads in the SMuFL Note name noteheads and Note name noteheads supplement ranges (U+E150–U+E1AF and U+EEE0–U+EEFF) should not use the smufl attribute or the "other" value, but instead use the notehead-text element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="slash"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="triangle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="diamond"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="square"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cross"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="x"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="circle-x"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="inverted triangle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="arrow down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="arrow up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="circled"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="slashed"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="back slashed"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="normal"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="cluster"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="circle dot"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="left triangle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="rectangle"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="do"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="re"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="mi"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="fa"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="fa up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="so"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="la"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="ti"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="other"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="octave">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Octaves are represented by the numbers 0 to 9, where 4 indicates the octave started by middle C.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:integer">
			<xs:minInclusive value="0"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="9"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="semitones">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The semitones type is a number representing semitones, used for chromatic alteration. A value of -1 corresponds to a flat and a value of 1 to a sharp. Decimal values like 0.5 (quarter tone sharp) are used for microtones.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:decimal"/>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="show-tuplet">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The show-tuplet type indicates whether to show a part of a tuplet relating to the tuplet-actual element, both the tuplet-actual and tuplet-normal elements, or neither.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:enumeration value="actual"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="both"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="stem-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The stem-value type represents the notated stem direction.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="down"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="up"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="double"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="step">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The step type represents a step of the diatonic scale, represented using the English letters A through G.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="A"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="B"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="C"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="D"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="E"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="F"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="G"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="syllabic">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Lyric hyphenation is indicated by the syllabic type. The single, begin, end, and middle values represent single-syllable words, word-beginning syllables, word-ending syllables, and mid-word syllables, respectively.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="single"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="begin"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="end"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="middle"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="tap-hand">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tap-hand type represents the symbol to use for a tap element. The left and right values refer to the SMuFL guitarLeftHandTapping and guitarRightHandTapping glyphs respectively.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="left"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="right"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="tremolo-marks">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The number of tremolo marks is represented by a number from 0 to 8: the same as beam-level with 0 added.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:integer">
			<xs:minInclusive value="0"/>
			<xs:maxInclusive value="8"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<!-- Simple types derived from score.mod elements -->

	<xs:simpleType name="group-barline-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The group-barline-value type indicates if the group should have common barlines.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="yes"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="no"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="Mensurstrich"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="group-symbol-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The group-symbol-value type indicates how the symbol for a group or multi-staff part is indicated in the score.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
			<xs:enumeration value="none"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="brace"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="line"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="bracket"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="square"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<xs:simpleType name="measure-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The measure-text type is used for the text attribute of measure elements. It has at least one character. The implicit attribute of the measure element should be set to "yes" rather than setting the text attribute to an empty string.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="xs:token">
			<xs:minLength value="1"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>

	<!-- Attribute groups derived from common.mod elements -->

	<xs:attributeGroup name="bend-sound">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The bend-sound type is used for bend and slide elements, and is similar to the trill-sound attribute group. Here the beats element refers to the number of discrete elements (like MIDI pitch bends) used to represent a continuous bend or slide. The first-beat indicates the percentage of the duration for starting a bend; the last-beat the percentage for ending it. The default choices are:

	accelerate = "no"
	beats = "4"
	first-beat = "25"
	last-beat = "75"</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="accelerate" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="beats" type="trill-beats"/>
		<xs:attribute name="first-beat" type="percent"/>
		<xs:attribute name="last-beat" type="percent"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="bezier">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The bezier attribute group is used to indicate the curvature of slurs and ties, representing the control points for a cubic bezier curve. For ties, the bezier attribute group is used with the tied element.

Normal slurs, S-shaped slurs, and ties need only two bezier points: one associated with the start of the slur or tie, the other with the stop. Complex slurs and slurs divided over system breaks can specify additional bezier data at slur elements with a continue type.

The bezier-x, bezier-y, and bezier-offset attributes describe the outgoing bezier point for slurs and ties with a start type, and the incoming bezier point for slurs and ties with types of stop or continue. The bezier-x2, bezier-y2, and bezier-offset2 attributes are only valid with slurs of type continue, and describe the outgoing bezier point.

The bezier-x, bezier-y, bezier-x2, and bezier-y2 attributes are specified in tenths, relative to any position settings associated with the slur or tied element. The bezier-offset and bezier-offset2 attributes are measured in terms of musical divisions, like the offset element. 

The bezier-offset and bezier-offset2 attributes are deprecated as of MusicXML 3.1. If both the bezier-x and bezier-offset attributes are present, the bezier-x attribute takes priority. Similarly, the bezier-x2 attribute takes priority over the bezier-offset2 attribute. The two types of bezier attributes are not additive.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="bezier-x" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="bezier-y" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="bezier-x2" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="bezier-y2" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="bezier-offset" type="divisions"/>
		<xs:attribute name="bezier-offset2" type="divisions"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="color">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The color attribute group indicates the color of an element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="color" type="color"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="dashed-formatting">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The dashed-formatting entity represents the length of dashes and spaces in a dashed line. Both the dash-length and space-length attributes are represented in tenths. These attributes are ignored if the corresponding line-type attribute is not dashed.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="dash-length" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="space-length" type="tenths"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="directive">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The directive attribute changes the default-x position of a direction. It indicates that the left-hand side of the direction is aligned with the left-hand side of the time signature. If no time signature is present, it is aligned with the left-hand side of the first music notational element in the measure. If a default-x, justify, or halign attribute is present, it overrides the directive attribute.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="directive" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="document-attributes">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The document-attributes attribute group is used to specify the attributes for an entire MusicXML document. Currently this is used for the version attribute.

The version attribute was added in Version 1.1 for the score-partwise and score-timewise documents. It provides an easier way to get version information than through the MusicXML public ID. The default value is 1.0 to make it possible for programs that handle later versions to distinguish earlier version files reliably. Programs that write MusicXML 1.1 or later files should set this attribute.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="version" type="xs:token" default="1.0"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="enclosure">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The enclosure attribute group is used to specify the formatting of an enclosure around text or symbols.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="enclosure" type="enclosure-shape"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="font">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The font attribute group gathers together attributes for determining the font within a credit or direction. They are based on the text styles for Cascading Style Sheets. The font-family is a comma-separated list of font names.The font-style can be normal or italic. The font-size can be one of the CSS sizes or a numeric point size. The font-weight can be normal or bold. The default is application-dependent, but is a text font vs. a music font.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="font-family" type="font-family"/>
		<xs:attribute name="font-style" type="font-style"/>
		<xs:attribute name="font-size" type="font-size"/>
		<xs:attribute name="font-weight" type="font-weight"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="halign">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>In cases where text extends over more than one line, horizontal alignment and justify values can be different. The most typical case is for credits, such as:

	Words and music by
	  Pat Songwriter

Typically this type of credit is aligned to the right, so that the position information refers to the right-most part of the text. But in this example, the text is center-justified, not right-justified.

The halign attribute is used in these situations. If it is not present, its value is the same as for the justify attribute. For elements where a justify attribute is not allowed, the default is implementation-dependent.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="halign" type="left-center-right"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="justify">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The justify attribute is used to indicate left, center, or right justification. The default value varies for different elements. For elements where the justify attribute is present but the halign attribute is not, the justify attribute indicates horizontal alignment as well as justification.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="justify" type="left-center-right"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="letter-spacing">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The letter-spacing attribute specifies text tracking. Values are either "normal" or a number representing the number of ems to add between each letter. The number may be negative in order to subtract space. The default is normal, which allows flexibility of letter-spacing for purposes of text justification.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="letter-spacing" type="number-or-normal"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="level-display">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The level-display attribute group specifies three common ways to indicate editorial indications: putting parentheses or square brackets around a symbol, or making the symbol a different size. If not specified, they are left to application defaults. It is used by the level and accidental elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="parentheses" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="bracket" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="size" type="symbol-size"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="line-height">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-height attribute specifies text leading. Values are either "normal" or a number representing the percentage of the current font height to use for leading. The default is "normal". The exact normal value is implementation-dependent, but values between 100 and 120 are recommended.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="line-height" type="number-or-normal"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="line-length">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-length attribute distinguishes between different line lengths for doit, falloff, plop, and scoop articulations.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="line-length" type="line-length"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="line-shape">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-shape attribute distinguishes between straight and curved lines.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="line-shape" type="line-shape"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="line-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-type attribute distinguishes between solid, dashed, dotted, and wavy lines.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="line-type" type="line-type"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="optional-unique-id">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The optional-unique-id attribute group allows an element to optionally specify an ID that is unique to the entire document. This attribute group is not used for a required id attribute, or for an id attribute that specifies an id reference.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:ID"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="orientation">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The orientation attribute indicates whether slurs and ties are overhand (tips down) or underhand (tips up). This is distinct from the placement attribute used by any notation type.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="orientation" type="over-under"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="placement">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The placement attribute indicates whether something is above or below another element, such as a note or a notation.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="placement" type="above-below"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="position">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>For most elements, any program will compute a default x and y position. The position attributes let this be changed two ways.

The default-x and default-y attributes change the computation of the default position. For most elements, the origin is changed relative to the left-hand side of the note or the musical position within the bar (x) and the top line of the staff (y).

For the following elements, the default-x value changes the origin relative to the start of the current measure:

	- note
	- figured-bass
	- harmony
	- link
	- directive
	- measure-numbering
	- all descendants of the part-list element
	- all children of the direction-type element

This origin is from the start of the entire measure, at either the left barline or the start of the system.

When the default-x attribute is used within a child element of the part-name-display, part-abbreviation-display, group-name-display, or group-abbreviation-display elements, it changes the origin relative to the start of the first measure on the system. These values are used when the current measure or a succeeding measure starts a new system. The same change of origin is used for the group-symbol element.

For the note, figured-bass, and harmony elements, the default-x value is considered to have adjusted the musical position within the bar for its descendant elements.

Since the credit-words and credit-image elements are not related to a measure, in these cases the default-x and default-y attributes adjust the origin relative to the bottom left-hand corner of the specified page.

The relative-x and relative-y attributes change the position relative to the default position, either as computed by the individual program, or as overridden by the default-x and default-y attributes.

Positive x is right, negative x is left; positive y is up, negative y is down. All units are in tenths of interline space. For stems, positive relative-y lengthens a stem while negative relative-y shortens it.

The default-x and default-y position attributes provide higher-resolution positioning data than related features such as the placement attribute and the offset element. Applications reading a MusicXML file that can understand both features should generally rely on the default-x and default-y attributes for their greater accuracy. For the relative-x and relative-y attributes, the offset element, placement attribute, and directive attribute provide context for the relative position information, so the two features should be interpreted together.

As elsewhere in the MusicXML format, tenths are the global tenths defined by the scaling element, not the local tenths of a staff resized by the staff-size element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="default-x" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="default-y" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="relative-x" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="relative-y" type="tenths"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="print-object">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The print-object attribute specifies whether or not to print an object (e.g. a note or a rest). It is yes by default.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="print-object" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="print-spacing">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The print-spacing attribute controls whether or not spacing is left for an invisible note or object. It is used only if no note, dot, or lyric is being printed. The value is yes (leave spacing) by default.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="print-spacing" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="print-style">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The print-style attribute group collects the most popular combination of printing attributes: position, font, and color.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="print-style-align">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The print-style-align attribute group adds the halign and valign attributes to the position, font, and color attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="halign"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="valign"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="printout">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The printout attribute group collects the different controls over printing an object (e.g. a note or rest) and its parts, including augmentation dots and lyrics. This is especially useful for notes that overlap in different voices, or for chord sheets that contain lyrics and chords but no melody.

By default, all these attributes are set to yes. If print-object is set to no, the print-dot and print-lyric attributes are interpreted to also be set to no if they are not present.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attribute name="print-dot" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-spacing"/>
		<xs:attribute name="print-lyric" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="smufl">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The smufl attribute group is used to indicate a particular Standard Music Font Layout (SMuFL) character. Sometimes this is a formatting choice, and sometimes this is a refinement of the semantic meaning of an element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-glyph-name"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="system-relation">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The system-relation attribute group distinguishes elements that are associated with a system rather than the particular part where the element appears.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="system" type="system-relation"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>
	
	<xs:simpleType name="swing-type-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The swing-type-value type specifies the note type, either eighth or 16th, to which the ratio defined in the swing element is applied.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:restriction base="note-type-value">
			<xs:enumeration value="16th"/>
			<xs:enumeration value="eighth"/>
		</xs:restriction>
	</xs:simpleType>
	
	<xs:attributeGroup name="symbol-formatting">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The symbol-formatting attribute group collects the common formatting attributes for musical symbols. Default values may differ across the elements that use this group.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="justify"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-decoration"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-rotation"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="letter-spacing"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-height"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-direction"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="enclosure"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>
	
	<xs:attributeGroup name="text-decoration">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The text-decoration attribute group is based on the similar feature in XHTML and CSS. It allows for text to be underlined, overlined, or struck-through. It extends the CSS version by allow double or triple lines instead of just being on or off.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="underline" type="number-of-lines"/>
		<xs:attribute name="overline" type="number-of-lines"/>
		<xs:attribute name="line-through" type="number-of-lines"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="text-direction">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The text-direction attribute is used to adjust and override the Unicode bidirectional text algorithm, similar to the Directionality data category in the W3C Internationalization Tag Set recommendation.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="dir" type="text-direction"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="text-formatting">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The text-formatting attribute group collects the common formatting attributes for text elements. Default values may differ across the elements that use this group.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="justify"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-decoration"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-rotation"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="letter-spacing"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-height"/>
		<xs:attribute ref="xml:lang"/>
		<xs:attribute ref="xml:space"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-direction"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="enclosure"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="text-rotation">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The rotation attribute is used to rotate text around the alignment point specified by the halign and valign attributes. Positive values are clockwise rotations, while negative values are counter-clockwise rotations.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="rotation" type="rotation-degrees"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="trill-sound">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The trill-sound attribute group includes attributes used to guide the sound of trills, mordents, turns, shakes, and wavy lines. The default choices are:

	start-note = "upper"
	trill-step = "whole"
	two-note-turn = "none"
	accelerate = "no"
	beats = "4".

Second-beat and last-beat are percentages for landing on the indicated beat, with defaults of 25 and 75 respectively.

For mordent and inverted-mordent elements, the defaults are different:

	The default start-note is "main", not "upper".
	The default for beats is "3", not "4".
	The default for second-beat is "12", not "25".
	The default for last-beat is "24", not "75".</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="start-note" type="start-note"/>
		<xs:attribute name="trill-step" type="trill-step"/>
		<xs:attribute name="two-note-turn" type="two-note-turn"/>
		<xs:attribute name="accelerate" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="beats" type="trill-beats"/>
		<xs:attribute name="second-beat" type="percent"/>
		<xs:attribute name="last-beat" type="percent"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="valign">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The valign attribute is used to indicate vertical alignment to the top, middle, bottom, or baseline of the text. Defaults are implementation-dependent.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="valign" type="valign"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="valign-image">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The valign-image attribute is used to indicate vertical alignment for images and graphics, so it removes the baseline value. Defaults are implementation-dependent.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="valign" type="valign-image"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="x-position">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The x-position attribute group is used for elements like notes where specifying x position is common, but specifying y position is rare.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="default-x" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="default-y" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="relative-x" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="relative-y" type="tenths"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="y-position">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The y-position attribute group is used for elements like stems where specifying y position is common, but specifying x position is rare.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="default-x" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="default-y" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="relative-x" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="relative-y" type="tenths"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<!-- Attribute groups derived from direction.mod elements -->

	<xs:attributeGroup name="image-attributes">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The image-attributes group is used to include graphical images in a score. The required source attribute is the URL for the image file. The required type attribute is the MIME type for the image file format. Typical choices include application/postscript, image/gif, image/jpeg, image/png, and image/tiff. The optional height and width attributes are used to size and scale an image. The image should be scaled independently in X and Y if both height and width are specified. If only one attribute is specified, the image should be scaled proportionally to fit in the specified dimension.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="source" type="xs:anyURI" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="xs:token" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="height" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="width" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="halign"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="valign-image"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="print-attributes">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The print-attributes group is used by the print element. The new-system and new-page attributes indicate whether to force a system or page break, or to force the current music onto the same system or page as the preceding music. Normally this is the first music data within a measure. If used in multi-part music, they should be placed in the same positions within each part, or the results are undefined. The page-number attribute sets the number of a new page; it is ignored if new-page is not "yes". Version 2.0 adds a blank-page attribute. This is a positive integer value that specifies the number of blank pages to insert before the current measure. It is ignored if new-page is not "yes". These blank pages have no music, but may have text or images specified by the credit element. This is used to allow a combination of pages that are all text, or all text and images, together with pages of music.

The staff-spacing attribute specifies spacing between multiple staves in tenths of staff space. This is deprecated as of Version 1.1; the staff-layout element should be used instead. If both are present, the staff-layout values take priority.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="staff-spacing" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="new-system" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="new-page" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="blank-page" type="xs:positiveInteger"/>
		<xs:attribute name="page-number" type="xs:token"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<!-- Attribute groups derived from link.mod entities and elements -->

	<xs:attributeGroup name="element-position">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The element and position attributes are new as of Version 2.0. They allow for bookmarks and links to be positioned at higher resolution than the level of music-data elements. When no element and position attributes are present, the bookmark or link element refers to the next sibling element in the MusicXML file. The element attribute specifies an element type for a descendant of the next sibling element that is not a link or bookmark. The position attribute specifies the position of this descendant element, where the first position is 1. The position attribute is ignored if the element attribute is not present. For instance, an element value of "beam" and a position value of "2" defines the link or bookmark to refer to the second beam descendant of the next sibling element that is not a link or bookmark. This is equivalent to an XPath test of [.//beam[2]] done in the context of the sibling element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="element" type="xs:NMTOKEN"/>
		<xs:attribute name="position" type="xs:positiveInteger"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="link-attributes">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The link-attributes group includes all the simple XLink attributes supported in the MusicXML format. It is also used to connect a MusicXML score with MusicXML parts or a MusicXML opus.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<!--<xs:attribute ref="xmnls:xlink" fixed="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"/>-->
		<xs:attribute ref="xlink:href" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute ref="xlink:type" fixed="simple"/>
		<xs:attribute ref="xlink:role"/>
		<xs:attribute ref="xlink:title"/>
		<xs:attribute ref="xlink:show" default="replace"/>
		<xs:attribute ref="xlink:actuate" default="onRequest"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<!-- Attribute groups derived from score.mod elements -->

	<xs:attributeGroup name="group-name-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The group-name-text attribute group is used by the group-name and group-abbreviation elements. The print-style and justify attribute groups are deprecated in MusicXML 2.0 in favor of the new group-name-display and group-abbreviation-display elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="justify"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="measure-attributes">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The measure-attributes group is used by the measure element. Measures have a required number attribute (going from partwise to timewise, measures are grouped via the number).

The implicit attribute is set to "yes" for measures where the measure number should never appear, such as pickup measures and the last half of mid-measure repeats. The value is "no" if not specified.

The non-controlling attribute is intended for use in multimetric music like the Don Giovanni minuet. If set to "yes", the left barline in this measure does not coincide with the left barline of measures in other parts. The value is "no" if not specified.

In partwise files, the number attribute should be the same for measures in different parts that share the same left barline. While the number attribute is often numeric, it does not have to be. Non-numeric values are typically used together with the implicit or non-controlling attributes being set to "yes". For a pickup measure, the number attribute is typically set to "0" and the implicit attribute is typically set to "yes". 

If measure numbers are not unique within a part, this can cause problems for conversions between partwise and timewise formats. The text attribute allows specification of displayed measure numbers that are different than what is used in the number attribute. This attribute is ignored for measures where the implicit attribute is set to "yes". Further details about measure numbering can be specified using the measure-numbering element.

Measure width is specified in tenths. These are the global tenths specified in the scaling element, not local tenths as modified by the staff-size element.	The width covers the entire measure from barline or system start to barline or system end.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="xs:token" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="text" type="measure-text"/>
		<xs:attribute name="implicit" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="non-controlling" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="width" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="part-attributes">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>In either partwise or timewise format, the part element has an id attribute that is an IDREF back to a score-part in the part-list.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:IDREF" use="required"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<xs:attributeGroup name="part-name-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The part-name-text attribute group is used by the part-name and part-abbreviation elements. The print-style and justify attribute groups are deprecated in MusicXML 2.0 in favor of the new part-name-display and part-abbreviation-display elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="justify"/>
	</xs:attributeGroup>

	<!-- Complex types derived from common.mod entities and elements -->

	<xs:complexType name="accidental-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The accidental-text type represents an element with an accidental value and text-formatting attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="accidental-value">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-formatting"/>
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-accidental-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="coda">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The coda type is the visual indicator of a coda sign. The exact glyph can be specified with the smufl attribute. A sound element is also needed to guide playback applications reliably.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
		<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-coda-glyph-name"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="dynamics">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Dynamics can be associated either with a note or a general musical direction. To avoid inconsistencies between and amongst the letter abbreviations for dynamics (what is sf vs. sfz, standing alone or with a trailing dynamic that is not always piano), we use the actual letters as the names of these dynamic elements. The other-dynamics element allows other dynamic marks that are not covered here. Dynamics elements may also be combined to create marks not covered by a single element, such as sfmp.

These letter dynamic symbols are separated from crescendo, decrescendo, and wedge indications. Dynamic representation is inconsistent in scores. Many things are assumed by the composer and left out, such as returns to original dynamics. The MusicXML format captures what is in the score, but does not try to be optimal for analysis or synthesis of dynamics.

The placement attribute is used when the dynamics are associated with a note. It is ignored when the dynamics are associated with a direction. In that case the direction element's placement attribute is used instead.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
			<xs:element name="p" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="pp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="ppp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="pppp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="ppppp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="pppppp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="f" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="ff" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="fff" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="ffff" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="fffff" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="ffffff" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="mp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="mf" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="sf" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="sfp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="sfpp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="fp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="rf" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="rfz" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="sfz" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="sffz" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="fz" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="n" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="pf" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="sfzp" type="empty"/>
			<xs:element name="other-dynamics" type="other-text"/>
		</xs:choice>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-decoration"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="enclosure"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty type represents an empty element with no attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty-placement">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty-placement type represents an empty element with print-style and placement attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty-placement-smufl">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty-placement-smufl type represents an empty element with print-style, placement, and smufl attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="smufl"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty-print-style">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty-print-style type represents an empty element with print-style attribute group.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty-print-style-align">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty-print-style-align type represents an empty element with print-style-align attribute group.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty-print-style-align-id">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty-print-style-align-id type represents an empty element with print-style-align and optional-unique-id attribute groups.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty-print-object-style-align">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty-print-style-align-object type represents an empty element with print-object and print-style-align attribute groups.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty-trill-sound">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty-trill-sound type represents an empty element with print-style, placement, and trill-sound attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="trill-sound"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="horizontal-turn">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The horizontal-turn type represents turn elements that are horizontal rather than vertical. These are empty elements with print-style, placement, trill-sound, and slash attributes. If the slash attribute is yes, then a vertical line is used to slash the turn. It is no if not specified.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="trill-sound"/>
		<xs:attribute name="slash" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="fermata">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The fermata text content represents the shape of the fermata sign. An empty fermata element represents a normal fermata. The fermata type is upright if not specified.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="fermata-shape">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="upright-inverted"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="fingering">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Fingering is typically indicated 1,2,3,4,5. Multiple fingerings may be given, typically to substitute fingerings in the middle of a note. The substitution and alternate values are "no" if the attribute is not present. For guitar and other fretted instruments, the fingering element represents the fretting finger; the pluck element represents the plucking finger.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="substitution" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="alternate" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="formatted-symbol">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The formatted-symbol type represents a SMuFL musical symbol element with formatting attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="smufl-glyph-name">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="symbol-formatting"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="formatted-symbol-id">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The formatted-symbol-id type represents a SMuFL musical symbol element with formatting and id attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="smufl-glyph-name">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="symbol-formatting"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="formatted-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The formatted-text type represents a text element with text-formatting attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-formatting"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="formatted-text-id">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The formatted-text-id type represents a text element with text-formatting and id attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-formatting"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="fret">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The fret element is used with tablature notation and chord diagrams. Fret numbers start with 0 for an open string and 1 for the first fret.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:nonNegativeInteger">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="level">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The level type is used to specify editorial information for different MusicXML elements. The content contains identifying and/or descriptive text about the editorial status of the parent element.

If the reference attribute is yes, this indicates editorial information that is for display only and should not affect playback. For instance, a modern edition of older music may set reference="yes" on the attributes containing the music's original clef, key, and time signature. It is no if not specified.

The type attribute indicates whether the editorial information applies to the start of a series of symbols, the end of a series of symbols, or a single symbol. It is single if not specified for compatibility with earlier MusicXML versions.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="reference" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop-single"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="level-display"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="midi-device">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The midi-device type corresponds to the DeviceName meta event in Standard MIDI Files. The optional port attribute is a number from 1 to 16 that can be used with the unofficial MIDI 1.0 port (or cable) meta event. Unlike the DeviceName meta event, there can be multiple midi-device elements per MusicXML part. The optional id attribute refers to the score-instrument assigned to this device. If missing, the device assignment affects all score-instrument elements in the score-part.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="port" type="midi-16"/>
				<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:IDREF"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="midi-instrument">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The midi-instrument type defines MIDI 1.0 instrument playback. The midi-instrument element can be a part of either the score-instrument element at the start of a part, or the sound element within a part. The id attribute refers to the score-instrument affected by the change.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="midi-channel" type="midi-16" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The midi-channel element specifies a MIDI 1.0 channel numbers ranging from 1 to 16.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="midi-name" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The midi-name element corresponds to a ProgramName meta-event within a Standard MIDI File.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="midi-bank" type="midi-16384" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The midi-bank element specifies a MIDI 1.0 bank number ranging from 1 to 16,384.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="midi-program" type="midi-128" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The midi-program element specifies a MIDI 1.0 program number ranging from 1 to 128.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="midi-unpitched" type="midi-128" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>For unpitched instruments, the midi-unpitched element specifies a MIDI 1.0 note number ranging from 1 to 128. It is usually used with MIDI banks for percussion. Note that MIDI 1.0 note numbers are generally specified from 0 to 127 rather than the 1 to 128 numbering used in this element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="volume" type="percent" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The volume element value is a percentage of the maximum ranging from 0 to 100, with decimal values allowed. This corresponds to a scaling value for the MIDI 1.0 channel volume controller.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="pan" type="rotation-degrees" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The pan and elevation elements allow placing of sound in a 3-D space relative to the listener. Both are expressed in degrees ranging from -180 to 180. For pan, 0 is straight ahead, -90 is hard left, 90 is hard right, and -180 and 180 are directly behind the listener.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="elevation" type="rotation-degrees" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The elevation and pan elements allow placing of sound in a 3-D space relative to the listener. Both are expressed in degrees ranging from -180 to 180. For elevation, 0 is level with the listener, 90 is directly above, and -90 is directly below.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:IDREF" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="name-display">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The name-display type is used for exact formatting of multi-font text in part and group names to the left of the system. The print-object attribute can be used to determine what, if anything, is printed at the start of each system. Enclosure for the display-text element is none by default. Language for the display-text element is Italian ("it") by default.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:element name="display-text" type="formatted-text"/>
				<xs:element name="accidental-text" type="accidental-text"/>
			</xs:choice>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="other-play">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The other-play element represents other types of playback. The required type attribute indicates the type of playback to which the element content applies.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="xs:token" use="required"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="play">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The play type specifies playback techniques to be used in conjunction with the instrument-sound element. When used as part of a sound element, it applies to all notes going forward in score order. In multi-instrument parts, the affected instrument should be specified using the id attribute. When used as part of a note element, it applies to the current note only.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:element name="ipa" type="xs:string">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The ipa element represents International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) sounds for vocal music. String content is limited to IPA 2015 symbols represented in Unicode 13.0.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="mute" type="mute"/>
				<xs:element name="semi-pitched" type="semi-pitched"/>
				<xs:element name="other-play" type="other-play"/>
			</xs:choice>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:IDREF"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="segno">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The segno type is the visual indicator of a segno sign. The exact glyph can be specified with the smufl attribute. A sound element is also needed to guide playback applications reliably.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
		<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-segno-glyph-name"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="string">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The string type is used with tablature notation, regular notation (where it is often circled), and chord diagrams. String numbers start with 1 for the highest pitched full-length string.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="string-number">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="typed-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The typed-text type represents a text element with a type attribute.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="xs:token"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="wavy-line">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Wavy lines are one way to indicate trills and vibrato. When used with a barline element, they should always have type="continue" set. The smufl attribute specifies a particular wavy line glyph from the SMuFL Multi-segment lines range.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop-continue" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-wavy-line-glyph-name"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="trill-sound"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<!-- Complex types derived from attributes.mod elements -->

	<xs:complexType name="attributes">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The attributes element contains musical information that typically changes on measure boundaries. This includes key and time signatures, clefs, transpositions, and staving. When attributes are changed mid-measure, it affects the music in score order, not in MusicXML document order.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="editorial"/>

			<xs:element name="divisions" type="positive-divisions" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Musical notation duration is commonly represented as fractions. The divisions element indicates how many divisions per quarter note are used to indicate a note's duration. For example, if duration = 1 and divisions = 2, this is an eighth note duration. Duration and divisions are used directly for generating sound output, so they must be chosen to take tuplets into account. Using a divisions element lets us use just one number to represent a duration for each note in the score, while retaining the full power of a fractional representation. If maximum compatibility with Standard MIDI 1.0 files is important, do not have the divisions value exceed 16383.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>

			<xs:element name="key" type="key" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The key element represents a key signature. Both traditional and non-traditional key signatures are supported. The optional number attribute refers to staff numbers. If absent, the key signature applies to all staves in the part.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>

			<xs:element name="time" type="time" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Time signatures are represented by the beats element for the numerator and the beat-type element for the denominator.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>

			<xs:element name="staves" type="xs:nonNegativeInteger" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The staves element is used if there is more than one staff represented in the given part (e.g., 2 staves for typical piano parts). If absent, a value of 1 is assumed. Staves are ordered from top to bottom in a part in numerical order, with staff 1 above staff 2.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>

			<xs:element name="part-symbol" type="part-symbol" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The part-symbol element indicates how a symbol for a multi-staff part is indicated in the score.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>

			<xs:element name="instruments" type="xs:nonNegativeInteger" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The instruments element is only used if more than one instrument is represented in the part (e.g., oboe I and II where they play together most of the time). If absent, a value of 1 is assumed.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>

			<xs:element name="clef" type="clef" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Clefs are represented by a combination of sign, line, and clef-octave-change elements.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>

			<xs:element name="staff-details" type="staff-details" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The staff-details element is used to indicate different types of staves.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>

			<xs:choice>
				<xs:element name="transpose" type="transpose" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>If the part is being encoded for a transposing instrument in written vs. concert pitch, the transposition must be encoded in the transpose element using the transpose type.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
	
				<xs:element name="for-part" type="for-part" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The for-part element is used in a concert score to indicate the transposition for a transposed part created from that score. It is only used in score files that contain a concert-score element in the defaults. This allows concert scores with transposed parts to be represented in a single uncompressed MusicXML file.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:choice>
			
			<xs:element name="directive" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Directives are like directions, but can be grouped together with attributes for convenience. This is typically used for tempo markings at the beginning of a piece of music. This element was deprecated in Version 2.0 in favor of the direction element's directive attribute. Language names come from ISO 639, with optional country subcodes from ISO 3166.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
				<xs:complexType>
					<xs:simpleContent>
						<xs:extension base="xs:string">
							<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
							<xs:attribute ref="xml:lang"/>
						</xs:extension>
					</xs:simpleContent>
				</xs:complexType>
			</xs:element>

			<xs:element name="measure-style" type="measure-style" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>A measure-style indicates a special way to print partial to multiple measures within a part. This includes multiple rests over several measures, repeats of beats, single, or multiple measures, and use of slash notation.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>

		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="beat-repeat">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The beat-repeat type is used to indicate that a single beat (but possibly many notes) is repeated. The slashes attribute specifies the number of slashes to use in the symbol. The use-dots attribute indicates whether or not to use dots as well (for instance, with mixed rhythm patterns). The value for slashes is 1 and the value for use-dots is no if not specified.

The stop type indicates the first beat where the repeats are no longer displayed. Both the start and stop of the beat being repeated should be specified unless the repeats are displayed through the end of the part.

The beat-repeat element specifies a notation style for repetitions. The actual music being repeated needs to be repeated within the MusicXML file. This element specifies the notation that indicates the repeat.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="slash" minOccurs="0"/>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="slashes" type="xs:positiveInteger"/>
		<xs:attribute name="use-dots" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="cancel">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>A cancel element indicates that the old key signature should be cancelled before the new one appears. This will always happen when changing to C major or A minor and need not be specified then. The cancel value matches the fifths value of the cancelled key signature (e.g., a cancel of -2 will provide an explicit cancellation for changing from B flat major to F major). The optional location attribute indicates where the cancellation appears relative to the new key signature.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="fifths">
				<xs:attribute name="location" type="cancel-location"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="clef">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Clefs are represented by a combination of sign, line, and clef-octave-change elements. The optional number attribute refers to staff numbers within the part. A value of 1 is assumed if not present.

Sometimes clefs are added to the staff in non-standard line positions, either to indicate cue passages, or when there are multiple clefs present simultaneously on one staff. In this situation, the additional attribute is set to "yes" and the line value is ignored. The size attribute is used for clefs where the additional attribute is "yes". It is typically used to indicate cue clefs.

Sometimes clefs at the start of a measure need to appear after the barline rather than before, as for cues or for use after a repeated section. The after-barline attribute is set to "yes" in this situation. The attribute is ignored for mid-measure clefs.

Clefs appear at the start of each system unless the print-object attribute has been set to "no" or the additional attribute has been set to "yes".</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="clef"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="staff-number"/>
		<xs:attribute name="additional" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="size" type="symbol-size"/>
		<xs:attribute name="after-barline" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="double">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The double type indicates that the music is doubled one octave from what is currently written. If the above attribute is set to yes, the doubling is one octave above what is written, as for mixed flute / piccolo parts in band literature. Otherwise the doubling is one octave below what is written, as for mixed cello / bass parts in orchestral literature.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="above" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="for-part">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The for-part type is used in a concert score to indicate the transposition for a transposed part created from that score. It is only used in score files that contain a concert-score element in the defaults. This allows concert scores with transposed parts to be represented in a single uncompressed MusicXML file.

The optional number attribute refers to staff numbers, from top to bottom on the system. If absent, the child elements apply to all staves in the created part.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="part-clef" type="part-clef" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The part-clef element is used for transpositions that also include a change of clef, as for instruments such as bass clarinet.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="part-transpose" type="part-transpose">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The chromatic element in a part-transpose element will usually have a non-zero value, since octave transpositions can be represented in concert scores using the transpose element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>	
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="staff-number"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="interchangeable">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The interchangeable type is used to represent the second in a pair of interchangeable dual time signatures, such as the 6/8 in 3/4 (6/8). A separate symbol attribute value is available compared to the time element's symbol attribute, which applies to the first of the dual time signatures.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="time-relation" type="time-relation" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="time-signature" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="symbol" type="time-symbol"/>
		<xs:attribute name="separator" type="time-separator"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="key">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The key type represents a key signature. Both traditional and non-traditional key signatures are supported. The optional number attribute refers to staff numbers. If absent, the key signature applies to all staves in the part. Key signatures appear at the start of each system unless the print-object attribute has been set to "no".</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice>
				<xs:group ref="traditional-key"/>
				<xs:group ref="non-traditional-key" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="key-octave" type="key-octave" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The optional list of key-octave elements is used to specify in which octave each element of the key signature appears.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="staff-number"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="key-accidental">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The key-accidental type indicates the accidental to be displayed in a non-traditional key signature, represented in the same manner as the accidental type without the formatting attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="accidental-value">
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-accidental-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="key-octave">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The key-octave type specifies in which octave an element of a key signature appears. The content specifies the octave value using the same values as the display-octave element. The number attribute is a positive integer that refers to the key signature element in left-to-right order. If the cancel attribute is set to yes, then this number refers to the canceling key signature specified by the cancel element in the parent key element. The cancel attribute cannot be set to yes if there is no corresponding cancel element within the parent key element. It is no by default.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="octave">
				<xs:attribute name="number" type="xs:positiveInteger" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="cancel" type="yes-no"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="line-detail">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>If the staff-lines element is present, the appearance of each line may be individually specified with a line-detail type. Staff lines are numbered from bottom to top. The print-object attribute allows lines to be hidden within a staff. This is used in special situations such as a widely-spaced percussion staff where a note placed below the higher line is distinct from a note placed above the lower line. Hidden staff lines are included when specifying clef lines and determining display-step / display-octave values, but are not counted as lines for the purposes of the system-layout and staff-layout elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="line" type="staff-line" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="width" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-type"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="measure-repeat">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The measure-repeat type is used for both single and multiple measure repeats. The text of the element indicates the number of measures to be repeated in a single pattern. The slashes attribute specifies the number of slashes to use in the repeat sign. It is 1 if not specified. The text of the element is ignored when the type is stop.

The stop type indicates the first measure where the repeats are no longer displayed. Both the start and the stop of the measure-repeat should be specified unless the repeats are displayed through the end of the part.

The measure-repeat element specifies a notation style for repetitions. The actual music being repeated needs to be repeated within each measure of the MusicXML file. This element specifies the notation that indicates the repeat.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="positive-integer-or-empty">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="slashes" type="xs:positiveInteger"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="measure-style">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>A measure-style indicates a special way to print partial to multiple measures within a part. This includes multiple rests over several measures, repeats of beats, single, or multiple measures, and use of slash notation.

The multiple-rest and measure-repeat elements indicate the number of measures covered in the element content. The beat-repeat and slash elements can cover partial measures. All but the multiple-rest element use a type attribute to indicate starting and stopping the use of the style. The optional number attribute specifies the staff number from top to bottom on the system, as with clef.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="multiple-rest" type="multiple-rest"/>
			<xs:element name="measure-repeat" type="measure-repeat"/>
			<xs:element name="beat-repeat" type="beat-repeat"/>
			<xs:element name="slash" type="slash"/>
		</xs:choice>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="staff-number"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="multiple-rest">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The text of the multiple-rest type indicates the number of measures in the multiple rest. Multiple rests may use the 1-bar / 2-bar / 4-bar rest symbols, or a single shape. The use-symbols attribute indicates which to use; it is no if not specified.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:positiveInteger">
				<xs:attribute name="use-symbols" type="yes-no"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="part-clef">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The child elements of the part-clef type have the same meaning as for the clef type. However that meaning applies to a transposed part created from the existing score file.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="clef"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="part-symbol">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The part-symbol type indicates how a symbol for a multi-staff part is indicated in the score; brace is the default value. The top-staff and bottom-staff attributes are used when the brace does not extend across the entire part. For example, in a 3-staff organ part, the top-staff will typically be 1 for the right hand, while the bottom-staff will typically be 2 for the left hand. Staff 3 for the pedals is usually outside the brace. By default, the presence of a part-symbol element that does not extend across the entire part also indicates a corresponding change in the common barlines within a part.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="group-symbol-value">
				<xs:attribute name="top-staff" type="staff-number"/>
				<xs:attribute name="bottom-staff" type="staff-number"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="part-transpose">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The child elements of the part-transpose type have the same meaning as for the transpose type. However that meaning applies to a transposed part created from the existing score file.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="transpose"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="slash">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The slash type is used to indicate that slash notation is to be used. If the slash is on every beat, use-stems is no (the default). To indicate rhythms but not pitches, use-stems is set to yes. The type attribute indicates whether this is the start or stop of a slash notation style. The use-dots attribute works as for the beat-repeat element, and only has effect if use-stems is no.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="slash" minOccurs="0"/>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="use-dots" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="use-stems" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="staff-details">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff-details element is used to indicate different types of staves. The optional number attribute specifies the staff number from top to bottom on the system, as with clef. The print-object attribute is used to indicate when a staff is not printed in a part, usually in large scores where empty parts are omitted. It is yes by default. If print-spacing is yes while print-object is no, the score is printed in cutaway format where vertical space is left for the empty part.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="staff-type" type="staff-type" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:sequence minOccurs="0">
				<xs:element name="staff-lines" type="xs:nonNegativeInteger">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The staff-lines element specifies the number of lines and is usually used for a non 5-line staff. If the staff-lines element is present, the appearance of each line may be individually specified with a line-detail element. </xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="line-detail" type="line-detail" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			</xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="staff-tuning" type="staff-tuning" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="capo" type="xs:nonNegativeInteger" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The capo element indicates at which fret a capo should be placed on a fretted instrument. This changes the open tuning of the strings specified by staff-tuning by the specified number of half-steps.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="staff-size" type="staff-size" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="staff-number"/>
		<xs:attribute name="show-frets" type="show-frets"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-spacing"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="staff-size">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff-size element indicates how large a staff space is on this staff, expressed as a percentage of the work's default scaling. Values less than 100 make the staff space smaller while values over 100 make the staff space larger. A staff-type of cue, ossia, or editorial implies a staff-size of less than 100, but the exact value is implementation-dependent unless specified here. Staff size affects staff height only, not the relationship of the staff to the left and right margins.

In some cases, a staff-size different than 100 also scales the notation on the staff, such as with a cue staff. In other cases, such as percussion staves, the lines may be more widely spaced without scaling the notation on the staff. The scaling attribute allows these two cases to be distinguished. It specifies the percentage scaling that applies to the notation. Values less that 100 make the notation smaller while values over 100 make the notation larger. The staff-size content and scaling attribute are both non-negative decimal values.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="non-negative-decimal">
				<xs:attribute name="scaling" type="non-negative-decimal"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="staff-tuning">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff-tuning type specifies the open, non-capo tuning of the lines on a tablature staff.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="tuning"/>
		<xs:attribute name="line" type="staff-line" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="time">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Time signatures are represented by the beats element for the numerator and the beat-type element for the denominator. The symbol attribute is used to indicate common and cut time symbols as well as a single number display. Multiple pairs of beat and beat-type elements are used for composite time signatures with multiple denominators, such as 2/4 + 3/8. A composite such as 3+2/8 requires only one beat/beat-type pair.

The print-object attribute allows a time signature to be specified but not printed, as is the case for excerpts from the middle of a score. The value is "yes" if not present. The optional number attribute refers to staff numbers within the part. If absent, the time signature applies to all staves in the part.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice>
			<xs:sequence>
				<xs:group ref="time-signature" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
				<xs:element name="interchangeable" type="interchangeable" minOccurs="0"/>
			</xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="senza-misura" type="xs:string">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>A senza-misura element explicitly indicates that no time signature is present. The optional element content indicates the symbol to be used, if any, such as an X. The time element's symbol attribute is not used when a senza-misura element is present.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:choice>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="staff-number"/>
		<xs:attribute name="symbol" type="time-symbol"/>
		<xs:attribute name="separator" type="time-separator"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="transpose">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The transpose type represents what must be added to a written pitch to get a correct sounding pitch. The optional number attribute refers to staff numbers, from top to bottom on the system. If absent, the transposition applies to all staves in the part. Per-staff transposition is most often used in parts that represent multiple instruments.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="transpose"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="staff-number"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<!-- Complex types derived from barline.mod elements -->

	<xs:complexType name="bar-style-color">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The bar-style-color type contains barline style and color information.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="bar-style">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="barline">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>If a barline is other than a normal single barline, it should be represented by a barline type that describes it. This includes information about repeats and multiple endings, as well as line style. Barline data is on the same level as the other musical data in a score - a child of a measure in a partwise score, or a part in a timewise score. This allows for barlines within measures, as in dotted barlines that subdivide measures in complex meters. The two fermata elements allow for fermatas on both sides of the barline (the lower one inverted).

Barlines have a location attribute to make it easier to process barlines independently of the other musical data in a score. It is often easier to set up measures separately from entering notes. The location attribute must match where the barline element occurs within the rest of the musical data in the score. If location is left, it should be the first element in the measure, aside from the print, bookmark, and link elements. If location is right, it should be the last element, again with the possible exception of the print, bookmark, and link elements. If no location is specified, the right barline is the default. The segno, coda, and divisions attributes work the same way as in the sound element. They are used for playback when barline elements contain segno or coda child elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="bar-style" type="bar-style-color" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="editorial"/>
			<xs:element name="wavy-line" type="wavy-line" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="segno" type="segno" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="coda" type="coda" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="fermata" type="fermata" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="2"/>
			<xs:element name="ending" type="ending" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="repeat" type="repeat" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="location" type="right-left-middle" default="right"/>
		<xs:attribute name="segno" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attribute name="coda" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attribute name="divisions" type="divisions"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="ending">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The ending type represents multiple (e.g. first and second) endings. Typically, the start type is associated with the left barline of the first measure in an ending. The stop and discontinue types are associated with the right barline of the last measure in an ending. Stop is used when the ending mark concludes with a downward jog, as is typical for first endings. Discontinue is used when there is no downward jog, as is typical for second endings that do not conclude a piece. The length of the jog can be specified using the end-length attribute. The text-x and text-y attributes are offsets that specify where the baseline of the start of the ending text appears, relative to the start of the ending line.

The number attribute indicates which times the ending is played, similar to the time-only attribute used by other elements. While this often represents the numeric values for what is under the ending line, it can also indicate whether an ending is played during a larger dal segno or da capo repeat. Single endings such as "1" or comma-separated multiple endings such as "1,2" may be used. The ending element text is used when the text displayed in the ending is different than what appears in the number attribute. The print-object attribute is used to indicate when an ending is present but not printed, as is often the case for many parts in a full score.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="number" type="ending-number" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop-discontinue" use="required"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="system-relation"/>
				<xs:attribute name="end-length" type="tenths"/>
				<xs:attribute name="text-x" type="tenths"/>
				<xs:attribute name="text-y" type="tenths"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="repeat">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The repeat type represents repeat marks. The start of the repeat has a forward direction while the end of the repeat has a backward direction. The times and after-jump attributes are only used with backward repeats that are not part of an ending. The times attribute indicates the number of times the repeated section is played. The after-jump attribute indicates if the repeats are played after a jump due to a da capo or dal segno.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="direction" type="backward-forward" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="times" type="xs:nonNegativeInteger"/>
		<xs:attribute name="after-jump" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="winged" type="winged"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<!-- Complex types derived from direction.mod elements -->

	<xs:complexType name="accord">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The accord type represents the tuning of a single string in the scordatura element. It uses the same group of elements as the staff-tuning element. Strings are numbered from high to low.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="tuning"/>
		<xs:attribute name="string" type="string-number"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="accordion-registration">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The accordion-registration type is used for accordion registration symbols. These are circular symbols divided horizontally into high, middle, and low sections that correspond to 4', 8', and 16' pipes. Each accordion-high, accordion-middle, and accordion-low element represents the presence of one or more dots in the registration diagram. An accordion-registration element needs to have at least one of the child elements present.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="accordion-high" type="empty" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The accordion-high element indicates the presence of a dot in the high (4') section of the registration symbol. This element is omitted if no dot is present.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="accordion-middle" type="accordion-middle" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The accordion-middle element indicates the presence of 1 to 3 dots in the middle (8') section of the registration symbol. This element is omitted if no dots are present.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="accordion-low" type="empty" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The accordion-low element indicates the presence of a dot in the low (16') section of the registration symbol. This element is omitted if no dot is present.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="barre">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The barre element indicates placing a finger over multiple strings on a single fret. The type is "start" for the lowest pitched string (e.g., the string with the highest MusicXML number) and is "stop" for the highest pitched string.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="bass">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The bass type is used to indicate a bass note in popular music chord symbols, e.g. G/C. It is generally not used in functional harmony, as inversion is generally not used in pop chord symbols. As with root, it is divided into step and alter elements, similar to pitches. The arrangement attribute specifies where the bass is displayed relative to what precedes it.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="bass-separator" type="style-text" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The optional bass-separator element indicates that text, rather than a line or slash, separates the bass from what precedes it.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="bass-step" type="bass-step"/>
			<xs:element name="bass-alter" type="harmony-alter" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The bass-alter element represents the chromatic alteration of the bass of the current chord within the harmony element. In some chord styles, the text for the bass-step element may include bass-alter information. In that case, the print-object attribute of the bass-alter element can be set to no. The location attribute indicates whether the alteration should appear to the left or the right of the bass-step; it is right if not specified.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="arrangement" type="harmony-arrangement"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="harmony-alter">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harmony-alter type represents the chromatic alteration of the root, numeral, or bass of the current harmony-chord group within the harmony element. In some chord styles, the text of the preceding element may include alteration information. In that case, the print-object attribute of this type can be set to no. The location attribute indicates whether the alteration should appear to the left or the right of the preceding element. Its default value varies by element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="semitones">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attribute name="location" type="left-right"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="bass-step">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The bass-step type represents the pitch step of the bass of the current chord within the harmony element. The text attribute indicates how the bass should appear in a score if not using the element contents.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="step">
				<xs:attribute name="text" type="xs:token"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="beater">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The beater type represents pictograms for beaters, mallets, and sticks that do not have different materials represented in the pictogram.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="beater-value">
				<xs:attribute name="tip" type="tip-direction"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="beat-unit-tied">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The beat-unit-tied type indicates a beat-unit within a metronome mark that is tied to the preceding beat-unit. This allows two or more tied notes to be associated with a per-minute value in a metronome mark, whereas the metronome-tied element is restricted to metric relationship marks.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="beat-unit"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="bracket">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Brackets are combined with words in a variety of modern directions. The line-end attribute specifies if there is a jog up or down (or both), an arrow, or nothing at the start or end of the bracket. If the line-end is up or down, the length of the jog can be specified using the end-length attribute. The line-type is solid if not specified.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop-continue" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attribute name="line-end" type="line-end" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="end-length" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-type"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="dashed-formatting"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="dashes">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The dashes type represents dashes, used for instance with cresc. and dim. marks.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop-continue" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="dashed-formatting"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="degree">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The degree type is used to add, alter, or subtract individual notes in the chord. The print-object attribute can be used to keep the degree from printing separately when it has already taken into account in the text attribute of the kind element. The degree-value and degree-type text attributes specify how the value and type of the degree should be displayed.

A harmony of kind "other" can be spelled explicitly by using a series of degree elements together with a root.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="degree-value" type="degree-value"/>
			<xs:element name="degree-alter" type="degree-alter"/>
			<xs:element name="degree-type" type="degree-type"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="degree-alter">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The degree-alter type represents the chromatic alteration for the current degree. If the degree-type value is alter or subtract, the degree-alter value is relative to the degree already in the chord based on its kind element. If the degree-type value is add, the degree-alter is relative to a dominant chord (major and perfect intervals except for a minor seventh). The plus-minus attribute is used to indicate if plus and minus symbols should be used instead of sharp and flat symbols to display the degree alteration. It is no if not specified.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="semitones">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attribute name="plus-minus" type="yes-no"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="degree-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The degree-type type indicates if this degree is an addition, alteration, or subtraction relative to the kind of the current chord. The value of the degree-type element affects the interpretation of the value of the degree-alter element. The text attribute specifies how the type of the degree should be displayed.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="degree-type-value">
				<xs:attribute name="text" type="xs:token"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="degree-value">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The content of the degree-value type is a number indicating the degree of the chord (1 for the root, 3 for third, etc). The text attribute specifies how the value of the degree should be displayed. The symbol attribute indicates that a symbol should be used in specifying the degree. If the symbol attribute is present, the value of the text attribute follows the symbol.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:positiveInteger">
				<xs:attribute name="symbol" type="degree-symbol-value"/>
				<xs:attribute name="text" type="xs:token"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="direction">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>A direction is a musical indication that is not necessarily attached to a specific note. Two or more may be combined to indicate words followed by the start of a dashed line, the end of a wedge followed by dynamics, etc. For applications where a specific direction is indeed attached to a specific note, the direction element can be associated with the first note element that follows it in score order that is not in a different voice.

By default, a series of direction-type elements and a series of child elements of a direction-type within a single direction element follow one another in sequence visually. For a series of direction-type children, non-positional formatting attributes are carried over from the previous element by default.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="direction-type" type="direction-type" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="offset" type="offset" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="editorial-voice-direction"/>
			<xs:group ref="staff" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="sound" type="sound" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="listening" type="listening" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="directive"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="system-relation"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="direction-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Textual direction types may have more than 1 component due to multiple fonts. The dynamics element may also be used in the notations element. Attribute groups related to print suggestions apply to the individual direction-type, not to the overall direction.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="rehearsal" type="formatted-text-id" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The rehearsal element specifies letters, numbers, and section names that are notated in the score for reference during rehearsal. The enclosure is square if not specified. The language is Italian ("it") if not specified. Left justification is used if not specified.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="segno" type="segno" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="coda" type="coda" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:element name="words" type="formatted-text-id">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The words element specifies a standard text direction. The enclosure is none if not specified. The language is Italian ("it") if not specified. Left justification is used if not specified.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="symbol" type="formatted-symbol-id">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The symbol element specifies a musical symbol using a canonical SMuFL glyph name. It is used when an occasional musical symbol is interspersed into text. It should not be used in place of semantic markup, such as metronome marks that mix text and symbols. Left justification is used if not specified. Enclosure is none if not specified.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="wedge" type="wedge"/>
			<xs:element name="dynamics" type="dynamics" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="dashes" type="dashes"/>
			<xs:element name="bracket" type="bracket"/>
			<xs:element name="pedal" type="pedal"/>
			<xs:element name="metronome" type="metronome"/>
			<xs:element name="octave-shift" type="octave-shift"/>
			<xs:element name="harp-pedals" type="harp-pedals"/>
			<xs:element name="damp" type="empty-print-style-align-id">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The damp element specifies a harp damping mark.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="damp-all" type="empty-print-style-align-id">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The damp-all element specifies a harp damping mark for all strings.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="eyeglasses" type="empty-print-style-align-id">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The eyeglasses element represents the eyeglasses symbol, common in commercial music.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="string-mute" type="string-mute"/>
			<xs:element name="scordatura" type="scordatura"/>
			<xs:element name="image" type="image"/>
			<xs:element name="principal-voice" type="principal-voice"/>
			<xs:element name="percussion" type="percussion" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="accordion-registration" type="accordion-registration"/>
			<xs:element name="staff-divide" type="staff-divide"/>
			<xs:element name="other-direction" type="other-direction"/>
		</xs:choice>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="effect">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The effect type represents pictograms for sound effect percussion instruments. The smufl attribute is used to distinguish different SMuFL stylistic alternates.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="effect-value">
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-pictogram-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="feature">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The feature type is a part of the grouping element used for musical analysis. The type attribute represents the type of the feature and the element content represents its value. This type is flexible to allow for different analyses.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="xs:token"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="first-fret">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The first-fret type indicates which fret is shown in the top space of the frame; it is fret 1 if the element is not present. The optional text attribute indicates how this is represented in the fret diagram, while the location attribute indicates whether the text appears to the left or right of the frame.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:positiveInteger">
				<xs:attribute name="text" type="xs:token"/>
				<xs:attribute name="location" type="left-right"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="frame">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The frame type represents a frame or fretboard diagram used together with a chord symbol. The representation is based on the NIFF guitar grid with additional information. The frame type's unplayed attribute indicates what to display above a string that has no associated frame-note element. Typical values are x and the empty string. If the attribute is not present, the display of the unplayed string is application-defined.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="frame-strings" type="xs:positiveInteger">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The frame-strings element gives the overall size of the frame in vertical lines (strings).</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="frame-frets" type="xs:positiveInteger">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The frame-frets element gives the overall size of the frame in horizontal spaces (frets).</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="first-fret" type="first-fret" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="frame-note" type="frame-note" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="halign"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="valign-image"/>
		<xs:attribute name="height" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="width" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="unplayed" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="frame-note">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The frame-note type represents each note included in the frame. An open string will have a fret value of 0, while a muted string will not be associated with a frame-note element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="string" type="string"/>
			<xs:element name="fret" type="fret"/>
			<xs:element name="fingering" type="fingering" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="barre" type="barre" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="glass">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The glass type represents pictograms for glass percussion instruments. The smufl attribute is used to distinguish different SMuFL glyphs for wind chimes in the Chimes pictograms range, including those made of materials other than glass.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="glass-value">
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-pictogram-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="grouping">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The grouping type is used for musical analysis. When the type attribute is "start" or "single", it usually contains one or more feature elements. The number attribute is used for distinguishing between overlapping and hierarchical groupings. The member-of attribute allows for easy distinguishing of what grouping elements are in what hierarchy. Feature elements contained within a "stop" type of grouping may be ignored.

This element is flexible to allow for different types of analyses. Future versions of the MusicXML format may add elements that can represent more standardized categories of analysis data, allowing for easier data sharing.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="feature" type="feature" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop-single" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="xs:token" default="1"/>
		<xs:attribute name="member-of" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="harmony">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harmony type represents harmony analysis, including chord symbols in popular music as well as functional harmony analysis in classical music.

If there are alternate harmonies possible, this can be specified using multiple harmony elements differentiated by type. Explicit harmonies have all note present in the music; implied have some notes missing but implied; alternate represents alternate analyses.

The print-object attribute controls whether or not anything is printed due to the harmony element. The print-frame attribute controls printing of a frame or fretboard diagram. The print-style attribute group sets the default for the harmony, but individual elements can override this with their own print-style values. The arrangement attribute specifies how multiple harmony-chord groups are arranged relative to each other. Harmony-chords with vertical arrangement are separated by horizontal lines. Harmony-chords with diagonal or horizontal arrangement are separated by diagonal lines or slashes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="harmony-chord" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="frame" type="frame" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="offset" type="offset" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="editorial"/>
			<xs:group ref="staff" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="harmony-type"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attribute name="print-frame" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="arrangement" type="harmony-arrangement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="system-relation"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="harp-pedals">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harp-pedals type is used to create harp pedal diagrams. The pedal-step and pedal-alter elements use the same values as the step and alter elements. For easiest reading, the pedal-tuning elements should follow standard harp pedal order, with pedal-step values of D, C, B, E, F, G, and A.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="pedal-tuning" type="pedal-tuning" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="image">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The image type is used to include graphical images in a score.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="image-attributes"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="instrument-change">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The instrument-change element type represents a change to the virtual instrument sound for a given score-instrument. The id attribute refers to the score-instrument affected by the change. All instrument-change child elements can also be initially specified within the score-instrument element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="virtual-instrument-data"/>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:IDREF" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="inversion">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The inversion type represents harmony inversions. The value is a number indicating which inversion is used: 0 for root position, 1 for first inversion, etc.  The text attribute indicates how the inversion should be displayed in a score.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:nonNegativeInteger">
				<xs:attribute name="text" type="xs:token"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="kind">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Kind indicates the type of chord. Degree elements can then add, subtract, or alter from these starting points

The attributes are used to indicate the formatting of the symbol. Since the kind element is the constant in all the harmony-chord groups that can make up a polychord, many formatting attributes are here.

The use-symbols attribute is yes if the kind should be represented when possible with harmony symbols rather than letters and numbers. These symbols include:

	major: a triangle, like Unicode 25B3
	minor: -, like Unicode 002D
	augmented: +, like Unicode 002B
	diminished: °, like Unicode 00B0
	half-diminished: ø, like Unicode 00F8

For the major-minor kind, only the minor symbol is used when use-symbols is yes. The major symbol is set using the symbol attribute in the degree-value element. The corresponding degree-alter value will usually be 0 in this case.

The text attribute describes how the kind should be spelled in a score. If use-symbols is yes, the value of the text attribute follows the symbol. The stack-degrees attribute is yes if the degree elements should be stacked above each other. The parentheses-degrees attribute is yes if all the degrees should be in parentheses. The bracket-degrees attribute is yes if all the degrees should be in a bracket. If not specified, these values are implementation-specific. The alignment attributes are for the entire harmony-chord group of which this kind element is a part.

The text attribute may use strings such as "13sus" that refer to both the kind and one or more degree elements. In this case, the corresponding degree elements should have the print-object attribute set to "no" to keep redundant alterations from being displayed.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="kind-value">
				<xs:attribute name="use-symbols" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="text" type="xs:token"/>
				<xs:attribute name="stack-degrees" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="parentheses-degrees" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="bracket-degrees" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="halign"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="valign"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="listening">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The listen and listening types, new in Version 4.0, specify different ways that a score following or machine listening application can interact with a performer. The listening type handles interactions that change the state of the listening application from the specified point in the performance onward. If multiple child elements of the same type are present, they should have distinct player and/or time-only attributes.

The offset element is used to indicate that the listening change takes place offset from the current score position. If the listening element is a child of a direction element, the listening offset element overrides the direction offset element if both elements are present. Note that the offset reflects the intended musical position for the change in state. It should not be used to compensate for latency issues in particular hardware configurations.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:element name="sync" type="sync"/>
				<xs:element name="other-listening" type="other-listening"/>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="offset" type="offset" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="measure-numbering">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The measure-numbering type describes how frequently measure numbers are displayed on this part. The text attribute from the measure element is used for display, or the number attribute if the text attribute is not present. Measures with an implicit attribute set to "yes" never display a measure number, regardless of the measure-numbering setting.

The optional staff attribute refers to staff numbers within the part, from top to bottom on the system. It indicates which staff is used as the reference point for vertical positioning. A value of 1 is assumed if not present.

The optional multiple-rest-always and multiple-rest-range attributes describe how measure numbers are shown on multiple rests when the measure-numbering value is not set to none. The multiple-rest-always attribute is set to yes when the measure number should always be shown, even if the multiple rest starts midway through a system when measure numbering is set to system level. The multiple-rest-range attribute is set to yes when measure numbers on multiple rests display the range of numbers for the first and last measure, rather than just the number of the first measure.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="measure-numbering-value">
				<xs:attribute name="system" type="system-relation-number"/>
				<xs:attribute name="staff" type="staff-number"/>
				<xs:attribute name="multiple-rest-always" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="multiple-rest-range" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="membrane">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The membrane type represents pictograms for membrane percussion instruments. The smufl attribute is used to distinguish different SMuFL stylistic alternates.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="membrane-value">
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-pictogram-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="metal">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The metal type represents pictograms for metal percussion instruments. The smufl attribute is used to distinguish different SMuFL stylistic alternates.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="metal-value">
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-pictogram-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="metronome">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The metronome type represents metronome marks and other metric relationships. The beat-unit group and per-minute element specify regular metronome marks. The metronome-note and metronome-relation elements allow for the specification of metric modulations and other metric relationships, such as swing tempo marks where two eighths are equated to a quarter note / eighth note triplet. Tied notes can be represented in both types of metronome marks by using the beat-unit-tied and metronome-tied elements. The parentheses attribute indicates whether or not to put the metronome mark in parentheses; its value is no if not specified. The print-object attribute is set to no in cases where the metronome element represents a relationship or range that is not displayed in the music notation.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice>
			<xs:sequence>
				<xs:group ref="beat-unit"/>
				<xs:element name="beat-unit-tied" type="beat-unit-tied" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
				<xs:choice>
					<xs:element name="per-minute" type="per-minute"/>
					<xs:sequence>
						<xs:group ref="beat-unit"/>
						<xs:element name="beat-unit-tied" type="beat-unit-tied" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
					</xs:sequence>
				</xs:choice>
			</xs:sequence>
			<xs:sequence>
				<xs:element name="metronome-arrows" type="empty" minOccurs="0">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>If the metronome-arrows element is present, it indicates that metric modulation arrows are displayed on both sides of the metronome mark.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="metronome-note" type="metronome-note" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
				<xs:sequence minOccurs="0">
					<xs:element name="metronome-relation" type="xs:string">
						<xs:annotation>
							<xs:documentation>The metronome-relation element describes the relationship symbol that goes between the two sets of metronome-note elements. The currently allowed value is equals, but this may expand in future versions. If the element is empty, the equals value is used.</xs:documentation>
						</xs:annotation>
					</xs:element>
					<xs:element name="metronome-note" type="metronome-note" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
				</xs:sequence>
			</xs:sequence>
		</xs:choice>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="justify"/>
		<xs:attribute name="parentheses" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="metronome-beam">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The metronome-beam type works like the beam type in defining metric relationships, but does not include all the attributes available in the beam type.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="beam-value">
				<xs:attribute name="number" type="beam-level" default="1"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="metronome-note">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The metronome-note type defines the appearance of a note within a metric relationship mark.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="metronome-type" type="note-type-value">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The metronome-type element works like the type element in defining metric relationships.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="metronome-dot" type="empty" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The metronome-dot element works like the dot element in defining metric relationships.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="metronome-beam" type="metronome-beam" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="metronome-tied" type="metronome-tied" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="metronome-tuplet" type="metronome-tuplet" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="metronome-tied">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The metronome-tied indicates the presence of a tie within a metric relationship mark. As with the tied element, both the start and stop of the tie should be specified, in this case within separate metronome-note elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="metronome-tuplet">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The metronome-tuplet type uses the same element structure as the time-modification element along with some attributes from the tuplet element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:complexContent>
			<xs:extension base="time-modification">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="bracket" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="show-number" type="show-tuplet"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:complexContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="numeral">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The numeral type represents the Roman numeral or Nashville number part of a harmony. It requires that the key be specified in the encoding, either with a key or numeral-key element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="numeral-root" type="numeral-root"/>
			<xs:element name="numeral-alter" type="harmony-alter" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The numeral-alter element represents an alteration to the numeral-root, similar to the alter element for a pitch. The print-object attribute can be used to hide an alteration in cases such as when the MusicXML encoding of a 6 or 7 numeral-root in a minor key requires an alteration that is not displayed. The location attribute indicates whether the alteration should appear to the left or the right of the numeral-root. It is left by default.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="numeral-key" type="numeral-key" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="numeral-key">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The numeral-key type is used when the key for the numeral is different than the key specified by the key signature. The numeral-fifths element specifies the key in the same way as the fifths element. The numeral-mode element specifies the mode similar to the mode element, but with a restricted set of values</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="numeral-fifths" type="fifths"/>
			<xs:element name="numeral-mode" type="numeral-mode"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="numeral-root">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The numeral-root type represents the Roman numeral or Nashville number as a positive integer from 1 to 7. The text attribute indicates how the numeral should appear in the score. A numeral-root value of 5 with a kind of major would have a text attribute of "V" if displayed as a Roman numeral, and "5" if displayed as a Nashville number. If the text attribute is not specified, the display is application-dependent.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="numeral-value">
				<xs:attribute name="text" type="xs:token"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="octave-shift">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The octave shift type indicates where notes are shifted up or down from their true pitched values because of printing difficulty. Thus a treble clef line noted with 8va will be indicated with an octave-shift down from the pitch data indicated in the notes. A size of 8 indicates one octave; a size of 15 indicates two octaves.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="up-down-stop-continue" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attribute name="size" type="xs:positiveInteger" default="8"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="dashed-formatting"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="offset">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>An offset is represented in terms of divisions, and indicates where the direction will appear relative to the current musical location. The current musical location is always within the current measure, even at the end of a measure.

The offset affects the visual appearance of the direction. If the sound attribute is "yes", then the offset affects playback and listening too. If the sound attribute is "no", then any sound or listening associated with the direction takes effect at the current location. The sound attribute is "no" by default for compatibility with earlier versions of the MusicXML format. If an element within a direction includes a default-x attribute, the offset value will be ignored when determining the appearance of that element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="divisions">
				<xs:attribute name="sound" type="yes-no"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="other-direction">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The other-direction type is used to define any direction symbols not yet in the MusicXML format. The smufl attribute can be used to specify a particular direction symbol, allowing application interoperability without requiring every SMuFL glyph to have a MusicXML element equivalent. Using the other-direction type without the smufl attribute allows for extended representation, though without application interoperability.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="smufl"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="other-listening">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The other-listening type represents other types of listening control and interaction. The required type attribute indicates the type of listening to which the element content applies. The optional player and time-only attributes restrict the element to apply to a single player or set of times through a repeated section, respectively.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="xs:token" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="player" type="xs:IDREF"/>
				<xs:attribute name="time-only" type="time-only"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="pedal">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The pedal type represents piano pedal marks, including damper and sostenuto pedal marks. The line attribute is yes if pedal lines are used. The sign attribute is yes if Ped, Sost, and * signs are used. For compatibility with older versions, the sign attribute is yes by default if the line attribute is no, and is no by default if the line attribute is yes. If the sign attribute is set to yes and the type is start or sostenuto, the abbreviated attribute is yes if the short P and S signs are used, and no if the full Ped and Sost signs are used. It is no by default. Otherwise the abbreviated attribute is ignored. The alignment attributes are ignored if the sign attribute is no.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="pedal-type" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attribute name="line" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="sign" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="abbreviated" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="pedal-tuning">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The pedal-tuning type specifies the tuning of a single harp pedal.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="pedal-step" type="step">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The pedal-step element defines the pitch step for a single harp pedal.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="pedal-alter" type="semitones">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The pedal-alter element defines the chromatic alteration for a single harp pedal.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="per-minute">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The per-minute type can be a number, or a text description including numbers. If a font is specified, it overrides the font specified for the overall metronome element. This allows separate specification of a music font for the beat-unit and a text font for the numeric value, in cases where a single metronome font is not used.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="percussion">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The percussion element is used to define percussion pictogram symbols. Definitions for these symbols can be found in Kurt Stone's "Music Notation in the Twentieth Century" on pages 206-212 and 223. Some values are added to these based on how usage has evolved in the 30 years since Stone's book was published.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="glass" type="glass"/>
			<xs:element name="metal" type="metal"/>
			<xs:element name="wood" type="wood"/>
			<xs:element name="pitched" type="pitched"/>
			<xs:element name="membrane" type="membrane"/>
			<xs:element name="effect" type="effect"/>
			<xs:element name="timpani" type="timpani"/>
			<xs:element name="beater" type="beater"/>
			<xs:element name="stick" type="stick"/>
			<xs:element name="stick-location" type="stick-location"/>
			<xs:element name="other-percussion" type="other-text">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The other-percussion element represents percussion pictograms not defined elsewhere.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:choice>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="enclosure"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="pitched">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The pitched-value type represents pictograms for pitched percussion instruments. The smufl attribute is used to distinguish different SMuFL glyphs for a particular pictogram within the Tuned mallet percussion pictograms range.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="pitched-value">
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-pictogram-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="principal-voice">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The principal-voice type represents principal and secondary voices in a score, either for analysis or for square bracket symbols that appear in a score. The element content is used for analysis and may be any text value. The symbol attribute indicates the type of symbol used. When used for analysis separate from any printed score markings, it should be set to none. Otherwise if the type is stop it should be set to plain.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="symbol" type="principal-voice-symbol" use="required"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="print">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The print type contains general printing parameters, including layout elements. The part-name-display and part-abbreviation-display elements may also be used here to change how a part name or abbreviation is displayed over the course of a piece. They take effect when the current measure or a succeeding measure starts a new system.

Layout group elements in a print element only apply to the current page, system, or staff. Music that follows continues to take the default values from the layout determined by the defaults element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="layout"/>
			<xs:element name="measure-layout" type="measure-layout" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="measure-numbering" type="measure-numbering" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="part-name-display" type="name-display" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="part-abbreviation-display" type="name-display" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-attributes"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="root">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The root type indicates a pitch like C, D, E vs. a scale degree like 1, 2, 3. It is used with chord symbols in popular music. The root element has a root-step and optional root-alter element similar to the step and alter elements, but renamed to distinguish the different musical meanings.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="root-step" type="root-step"/>
			<xs:element name="root-alter" type="harmony-alter" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The root-alter element represents the chromatic alteration of the root of the current chord within the harmony element. In some chord styles, the text for the root-step element may include root-alter information. In that case, the print-object attribute of the root-alter element can be set to no. The location attribute indicates whether the alteration should appear to the left or the right of the root-step; it is right by default.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="root-step">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The root-step type represents the pitch step of the root of the current chord within the harmony element. The text attribute indicates how the root should appear in a score if not using the element contents.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="step">
				<xs:attribute name="text" type="xs:token"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="scordatura">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Scordatura string tunings are represented by a series of accord elements, similar to the staff-tuning elements. Strings are numbered from high to low.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="accord" type="accord" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="sound">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The sound element contains general playback parameters. They can stand alone within a part/measure, or be a component element within a direction.

Tempo is expressed in quarter notes per minute. If 0, the sound-generating program should prompt the user at the time of compiling a sound (MIDI) file.

Dynamics (or MIDI velocity) are expressed as a percentage of the default forte value (90 for MIDI 1.0).

Dacapo indicates to go back to the beginning of the movement. When used it always has the value "yes".

Segno and dalsegno are used for backwards jumps to a segno sign; coda and tocoda are used for forward jumps to a coda sign. If there are multiple jumps, the value of these parameters can be used to name and distinguish them. If segno or coda is used, the divisions attribute can also be used to indicate the number of divisions per quarter note. Otherwise sound and MIDI generating programs may have to recompute this.

By default, a dalsegno or dacapo attribute indicates that the jump should occur the first time through, while a tocoda attribute indicates the jump should occur the second time through. The time that jumps occur can be changed by using the time-only attribute.

The forward-repeat attribute indicates that a forward repeat sign is implied but not displayed. It is used for example in two-part forms with repeats, such as a minuet and trio where no repeat is displayed at the start of the trio. This usually occurs after a barline. When used it always has the value of "yes".

The fine attribute follows the final note or rest in a movement with a da capo or dal segno direction. If numeric, the value represents the actual duration of the final note or rest, which can be ambiguous in written notation and different among parts and voices. The value may also be "yes" to indicate no change to the final duration.

If the sound element applies only particular times through a repeat, the time-only attribute indicates which times to apply the sound element.

Pizzicato in a sound element effects all following notes. Yes indicates pizzicato, no indicates arco.

The pan and elevation attributes are deprecated in Version 2.0. The pan and elevation elements in the midi-instrument element should be used instead. The meaning of the pan and elevation attributes is the same as for the pan and elevation elements. If both are present, the mid-instrument elements take priority.

The damper-pedal, soft-pedal, and sostenuto-pedal attributes effect playback of the three common piano pedals and their MIDI controller equivalents. The yes value indicates the pedal is depressed; no indicates the pedal is released. A numeric value from 0 to 100 may also be used for half pedaling. This value is the percentage that the pedal is depressed. A value of 0 is equivalent to no, and a value of 100 is equivalent to yes.

Instrument changes, MIDI devices, MIDI instruments, and playback techniques are changed using the instrument-change, midi-device, midi-instrument, and play elements. When there are multiple instances of these elements, they should be grouped together by instrument using the id attribute values.

The offset element is used to indicate that the sound takes place offset from the current score position. If the sound element is a child of a direction element, the sound offset element overrides the direction offset element if both elements are present. Note that the offset reflects the intended musical position for the change in sound. It should not be used to compensate for latency issues in particular hardware configurations.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:sequence minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:element name="instrument-change" type="instrument-change" minOccurs="0"/>
				<xs:element name="midi-device" type="midi-device" minOccurs="0"/>
				<xs:element name="midi-instrument" type="midi-instrument" minOccurs="0"/>
				<xs:element name="play" type="play" minOccurs="0"/>
			</xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="swing" type="swing" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="offset" type="offset" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="tempo" type="non-negative-decimal"/>
		<xs:attribute name="dynamics" type="non-negative-decimal"/>
		<xs:attribute name="dacapo" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="segno" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attribute name="dalsegno" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attribute name="coda" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attribute name="tocoda" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attribute name="divisions" type="divisions"/>
		<xs:attribute name="forward-repeat" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="fine" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attribute name="time-only" type="time-only"/>
		<xs:attribute name="pizzicato" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="pan" type="rotation-degrees"/>
		<xs:attribute name="elevation" type="rotation-degrees"/>
		<xs:attribute name="damper-pedal" type="yes-no-number"/>
		<xs:attribute name="soft-pedal" type="yes-no-number"/>
		<xs:attribute name="sostenuto-pedal" type="yes-no-number"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="staff-divide">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff-divide element represents the staff division arrow symbols found at SMuFL code points U+E00B, U+E00C, and U+E00D.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="staff-divide-symbol" use="required"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="stick">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The stick type represents pictograms where the material of the stick, mallet, or beater is included.The parentheses and dashed-circle attributes indicate the presence of these marks around the round beater part of a pictogram. Values for these attributes are "no" if not present.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="stick-type" type="stick-type"/>
			<xs:element name="stick-material" type="stick-material"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="tip" type="tip-direction"/>
		<xs:attribute name="parentheses" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="dashed-circle" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="string-mute">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The string-mute type represents string mute on and mute off symbols.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="on-off" use="required"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="swing">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The swing element specifies whether or not to use swing playback, where consecutive on-beat / off-beat eighth or 16th notes are played with unequal nominal durations. 

The straight element specifies that no swing is present, so consecutive notes have equal durations.

The first and second elements are positive integers that specify the ratio between durations of consecutive notes. For example, a first element with a value of 2 and a second element with a value of 1 applied to eighth notes specifies a quarter note / eighth note tuplet playback, where the first note is twice as long as the second note. Ratios should be specified with the smallest integers possible. For example, a ratio of 6 to 4 should be specified as 3 to 2 instead.

The optional swing-type element specifies the note type, either eighth or 16th, to which the ratio is applied. The value is eighth if this element is not present.

The optional swing-style element is a string describing the style of swing used.

The swing element has no effect for playback of grace notes, notes where a type element is not present, and notes where the specified duration is different than the nominal value associated with the specified type. If a swung note has attack and release attributes, those values modify the swung playback.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice>
				<xs:element name="straight" type="empty"/>
				<xs:sequence>
					<xs:element name="first" type="xs:positiveInteger"/>
					<xs:element name="second" type="xs:positiveInteger"/>
					<xs:element name="swing-type" type="swing-type-value" minOccurs="0"/>
				</xs:sequence>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="swing-style" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="sync">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The sync type specifies the style that a score following application should use the synchronize an accompaniment with a performer. If this type is not included in a score, default synchronization depends on the application.

The optional latency attribute specifies a time in milliseconds that the listening application should expect from the performer. The optional player and time-only attributes restrict the element to apply to a single player or set of times through a repeated section, respectively.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="sync-type" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="latency" type="milliseconds"/>
		<xs:attribute name="player" type="xs:IDREF"/>
		<xs:attribute name="time-only" type="time-only"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="timpani">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The timpani type represents the timpani pictogram. The smufl attribute is used to distinguish different SMuFL stylistic alternates.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-pictogram-glyph-name"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="wedge">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The wedge type represents crescendo and diminuendo wedge symbols. The type attribute is crescendo for the start of a wedge that is closed at the left side, and diminuendo for the start of a wedge that is closed on the right side. Spread values are measured in tenths; those at the start of a crescendo wedge or end of a diminuendo wedge are ignored. The niente attribute is yes if a circle appears at the point of the wedge, indicating a crescendo from nothing or diminuendo to nothing. It is no by default, and used only when the type is crescendo, or the type is stop for a wedge that began with a diminuendo type. The line-type is solid if not specified.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="wedge-type" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attribute name="spread" type="tenths"/>
		<xs:attribute name="niente" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-type"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="dashed-formatting"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="wood">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The wood type represents pictograms for wood percussion instruments. The smufl attribute is used to distinguish different SMuFL stylistic alternates.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="wood-value">
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-pictogram-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<!-- Complex types derived from identity.mod elements -->

	<xs:complexType name="encoding">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The encoding element contains information about who did the digital encoding, when, with what software, and in what aspects. Standard type values for the encoder element are music, words, and arrangement, but other types may be used. The type attribute is only needed when there are multiple encoder elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
			<xs:element name="encoding-date" type="yyyy-mm-dd"/>
			<xs:element name="encoder" type="typed-text"/>
			<xs:element name="software" type="xs:string"/>
			<xs:element name="encoding-description" type="xs:string"/>
			<xs:element name="supports" type="supports"/>
		</xs:choice>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="identification">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Identification contains basic metadata about the score. It includes information that may apply at a score-wide, movement-wide, or part-wide level. The creator, rights, source, and relation elements are based on Dublin Core.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="creator" type="typed-text" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The creator element is borrowed from Dublin Core. It is used for the creators of the score. The type attribute is used to distinguish different creative contributions. Thus, there can be multiple creators within an identification. Standard type values are composer, lyricist, and arranger. Other type values may be used for different types of creative roles. The type attribute should usually be used even if there is just a single creator element. The MusicXML format does not use the creator / contributor distinction from Dublin Core.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="rights" type="typed-text" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The rights element is borrowed from Dublin Core. It contains copyright and other intellectual property notices. Words, music, and derivatives can have different types, so multiple rights elements with different type attributes are supported. Standard type values are music, words, and arrangement, but other types may be used. The type attribute is only needed when there are multiple rights elements.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="encoding" type="encoding" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="source" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The source for the music that is encoded. This is similar to the Dublin Core source element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="relation" type="typed-text" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>A related resource for the music that is encoded. This is similar to the Dublin Core relation element. Standard type values are music, words, and arrangement, but other types may be used.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="miscellaneous" type="miscellaneous" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="miscellaneous">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>If a program has other metadata not yet supported in the MusicXML format, it can go in the miscellaneous element. The miscellaneous type puts each separate part of metadata into its own miscellaneous-field type.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="miscellaneous-field" type="miscellaneous-field" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="miscellaneous-field">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>If a program has other metadata not yet supported in the MusicXML format, each type of metadata can go in a miscellaneous-field element. The required name attribute indicates the type of metadata the element content represents.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="name" type="xs:token" use="required"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="supports">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The supports type indicates if a MusicXML encoding supports a particular MusicXML element. This is recommended for elements like beam, stem, and accidental, where the absence of an element is ambiguous if you do not know if the encoding supports that element. For Version 2.0, the supports element is expanded to allow programs to indicate support for particular attributes or particular values. This lets applications communicate, for example, that all system and/or page breaks are contained in the MusicXML file.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="yes-no" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="element" type="xs:NMTOKEN" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="attribute" type="xs:NMTOKEN"/>
		<xs:attribute name="value" type="xs:token"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<!-- Complex types derived from layout.mod elements -->

	<xs:complexType name="appearance">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The appearance type controls general graphical settings for the music's final form appearance on a printed page of display. This includes support for line widths, definitions for note sizes, and standard distances between notation elements, plus an extension element for other aspects of appearance.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="line-width" type="line-width" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="note-size" type="note-size" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="distance" type="distance" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="glyph" type="glyph" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="other-appearance" type="other-appearance" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="distance">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The distance element represents standard distances between notation elements in tenths. The type attribute defines what type of distance is being defined. Valid values include hyphen (for hyphens in lyrics) and beam.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="tenths">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="distance-type" use="required"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="glyph">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The glyph element represents what SMuFL glyph should be used for different variations of symbols that are semantically identical. The type attribute specifies what type of glyph is being defined. The element value specifies what SMuFL glyph to use, including recommended stylistic alternates. The SMuFL glyph name should match the type. For instance, a type of quarter-rest would use values restQuarter, restQuarterOld, or restQuarterZ. A type of g-clef-ottava-bassa would use values gClef8vb, gClef8vbOld, or gClef8vbCClef. A type of octave-shift-up-8 would use values ottava, ottavaBassa, ottavaBassaBa, ottavaBassaVb, or octaveBassa.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="smufl-glyph-name">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="glyph-type" use="required"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="line-width">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The line-width type indicates the width of a line type in tenths. The type attribute defines what type of line is being defined. Values include beam, bracket, dashes, enclosure, ending, extend, heavy barline, leger, light barline, octave shift, pedal, slur middle, slur tip, staff, stem, tie middle, tie tip, tuplet bracket, and wedge. The text content is expressed in tenths.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="tenths">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="line-width-type" use="required"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="measure-layout">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The measure-layout type includes the horizontal distance from the previous measure. It applies to the current measure only.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="measure-distance" type="tenths" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The measure-distance element specifies the horizontal distance from the previous measure. This value is only used for systems where there is horizontal whitespace in the middle of a system, as in systems with codas. To specify the measure width, use the width attribute of the measure element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="note-size">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The note-size type indicates the percentage of the regular note size to use for notes with a cue and large size as defined in the type element. The grace type is used for notes of cue size that that include a grace element. The cue type is used for all other notes with cue size, whether defined explicitly or implicitly via a cue element. The large type is used for notes of large size. The text content represent the numeric percentage. A value of 100 would be identical to the size of a regular note as defined by the music font.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="non-negative-decimal">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="note-size-type" use="required"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="other-appearance">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The other-appearance type is used to define any graphical settings not yet in the current version of the MusicXML format. This allows extended representation, though without application interoperability.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="xs:token" use="required"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="page-layout">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Page layout can be defined both in score-wide defaults and in the print element. Page margins are specified either for both even and odd pages, or via separate odd and even page number values. The type is not needed when used as part of a print element. If omitted when used in the defaults element, "both" is the default.

If no page-layout element is present in the defaults element, default page layout values are chosen by the application.

When used in the print element, the page-layout element affects the appearance of the current page only. All other pages use the default values as determined by the defaults element. If any child elements are missing from the page-layout element in a print element, the values determined by the defaults element are used there as well.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:sequence minOccurs="0">
				<xs:element name="page-height" type="tenths"/>
				<xs:element name="page-width" type="tenths"/>
			</xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="page-margins" type="page-margins" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="2"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="page-margins">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Page margins are specified either for both even and odd pages, or via separate odd and even page number values. The type attribute is not needed when used as part of a print element. If omitted when the page-margins type is used in the defaults element, "both" is the default value.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="all-margins"/>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="margin-type"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="scaling">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Margins, page sizes, and distances are all measured in tenths to keep MusicXML data in a consistent coordinate system as much as possible. The translation to absolute units is done with the scaling type, which specifies how many millimeters are equal to how many tenths. For a staff height of 7 mm, millimeters would be set to 7 while tenths is set to 40. The ability to set a formula rather than a single scaling factor helps avoid roundoff errors.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="millimeters" type="millimeters"/>
			<xs:element name="tenths" type="tenths"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="staff-layout">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Staff layout includes the vertical distance from the bottom line of the previous staff in this system to the top line of the staff specified by the number attribute. The optional number attribute refers to staff numbers within the part, from top to bottom on the system. A value of 1 is used if not present.

When used in the defaults element, the values apply to all systems in all parts. When used in the print element, the values apply to the current system only. This value is ignored for the first staff in a system.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="staff-distance" type="tenths" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="staff-number"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="system-dividers">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The system-dividers element indicates the presence or absence of system dividers (also known as system separation marks) between systems displayed on the same page. Dividers on the left and right side of the page are controlled by the left-divider and right-divider elements respectively. The default vertical position is half the system-distance value from the top of the system that is below the divider. The default horizontal position is the left and right system margin, respectively.

When used in the print element, the system-dividers element affects the dividers that would appear between the current system and the previous system.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="left-divider" type="empty-print-object-style-align"/>
			<xs:element name="right-divider" type="empty-print-object-style-align"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="system-layout">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>A system is a group of staves that are read and played simultaneously. System layout includes left and right margins and the vertical distance from the previous system. The system distance is measured from the bottom line of the previous system to the top line of the current system. It is ignored for the first system on a page. The top system distance is measured from the page's top margin to the top line of the first system. It is ignored for all but the first system on a page.

Sometimes the sum of measure widths in a system may not equal the system width specified by the layout elements due to roundoff or other errors. The behavior when reading MusicXML files in these cases is application-dependent. For instance, applications may find that the system layout data is more reliable than the sum of the measure widths, and adjust the measure widths accordingly.

When used in the defaults element, the system-layout element defines a default appearance for all systems in the score. If no system-layout element is present in the defaults element, default system layout values are chosen by the application.

When used in the print element, the system-layout element affects the appearance of the current system only. All other systems use the default values as determined by the defaults element. If any child elements are missing from the system-layout element in a print element, the values determined by the defaults element are used there as well. This type of system-layout element need only be read from or written to the first visible part in the score.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="system-margins" type="system-margins" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="system-distance" type="tenths" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="top-system-distance" type="tenths" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="system-dividers" type="system-dividers" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="system-margins">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>System margins are relative to the page margins. Positive values indent and negative values reduce the margin size.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:group ref="left-right-margins"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<!-- Complex types derived from link.mod elements -->

	<xs:complexType name="bookmark">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The bookmark type serves as a well-defined target for an incoming simple XLink.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:ID" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="name" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="element-position"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="link">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The link type serves as an outgoing simple XLink. If a relative link is used within a document that is part of a compressed MusicXML file, the link is relative to the root folder of the zip file.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="link-attributes"/>
		<xs:attribute name="name" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="element-position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<!-- Complex types derived from note.mod elements -->

	<xs:complexType name="accidental">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The accidental type represents actual notated accidentals. Editorial and cautionary indications are indicated by attributes. Values for these attributes are "no" if not present. Specific graphic display such as parentheses, brackets, and size are controlled by the level-display attribute group.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="accidental-value">
				<xs:attribute name="cautionary" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="editorial" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="level-display"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-accidental-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="accidental-mark">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>An accidental-mark can be used as a separate notation or as part of an ornament. When used in an ornament, position and placement are relative to the ornament, not relative to the note.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="accidental-value">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="level-display"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-accidental-glyph-name"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="arpeggiate">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The arpeggiate type indicates that this note is part of an arpeggiated chord. The number attribute can be used to distinguish between two simultaneous chords arpeggiated separately (different numbers) or together (same number). The direction attribute is used if there is an arrow on the arpeggio sign. By default, arpeggios go from the lowest to highest note.  The length of the sign can be determined from the position attributes for the arpeggiate elements used with the top and bottom notes of the arpeggiated chord. If the unbroken attribute is set to yes, it indicates that the arpeggio continues onto another staff within the part. This serves as a hint to applications and is not required for cross-staff arpeggios.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attribute name="direction" type="up-down"/>
		<xs:attribute name="unbroken" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="articulations">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Articulations and accents are grouped together here.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
			<xs:element name="accent" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The accent element indicates a regular horizontal accent mark.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="strong-accent" type="strong-accent">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The strong-accent element indicates a vertical accent mark.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="staccato" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The staccato element is used for a dot articulation, as opposed to a stroke or a wedge.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="tenuto" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The tenuto element indicates a tenuto line symbol.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="detached-legato" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The detached-legato element indicates the combination of a tenuto line and staccato dot symbol.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="staccatissimo" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The staccatissimo element is used for a wedge articulation, as opposed to a dot or a stroke.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="spiccato" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The spiccato element is used for a stroke articulation, as opposed to a dot or a wedge.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="scoop" type="empty-line">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The scoop element is an indeterminate slide attached to a single note. The scoop appears before the main note and comes from below the main pitch.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="plop" type="empty-line">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The plop element is an indeterminate slide attached to a single note. The plop appears before the main note and comes from above the main pitch.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="doit" type="empty-line">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The doit element is an indeterminate slide attached to a single note. The doit appears after the main note and goes above the main pitch.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="falloff" type="empty-line">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The falloff element is an indeterminate slide attached to a single note. The falloff appears after the main note and goes below the main pitch.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="breath-mark" type="breath-mark"/>
			<xs:element name="caesura" type="caesura"/>
			<xs:element name="stress" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The stress element indicates a stressed note.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="unstress" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The unstress element indicates an unstressed note. It is often notated using a u-shaped symbol.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="soft-accent" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The soft-accent element indicates a soft accent that is not as heavy as a normal accent. It is often notated as &lt;&gt;. It can be combined with other articulations to implement the first eight symbols in the SMuFL Articulation supplement range.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="other-articulation" type="other-placement-text">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The other-articulation element is used to define any articulations not yet in the MusicXML format. The smufl attribute can be used to specify a particular articulation, allowing application interoperability without requiring every SMuFL articulation to have a MusicXML element equivalent. Using the other-articulation element without the smufl attribute allows for extended representation, though without application interoperability.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:choice>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="arrow">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The arrow element represents an arrow used for a musical technical indication. It can represent both Unicode and SMuFL arrows. The presence of an arrowhead element indicates that only the arrowhead is displayed, not the arrow stem. The smufl attribute distinguishes different SMuFL glyphs that have an arrow appearance such as arrowBlackUp, guitarStrumUp, or handbellsSwingUp. The specified glyph should match the descriptive representation.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice>
			<xs:sequence>
				<xs:element name="arrow-direction" type="arrow-direction"/>
				<xs:element name="arrow-style" type="arrow-style" minOccurs="0"/>
				<xs:element name="arrowhead" type="empty" minOccurs="0"/>
			</xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="circular-arrow" type="circular-arrow"/>
		</xs:choice>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="smufl"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="assess">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>By default, an assessment application should assess all notes without a cue child element, and not assess any note with a cue child element. The assess type allows this default assessment to be overridden for individual notes. The optional player and time-only attributes restrict the type to apply to a single player or set of times through a repeated section, respectively. If missing, the type applies to all players or all times through the repeated section, respectively. The player attribute references the id attribute of a player element defined within the matching score-part.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="yes-no" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="player" type="xs:IDREF"/>
		<xs:attribute name="time-only" type="time-only"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="backup">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The backup and forward elements are required to coordinate multiple voices in one part, including music on multiple staves. The backup type is generally used to move between voices and staves. Thus the backup element does not include voice or staff elements. Duration values should always be positive, and should not cross measure boundaries or mid-measure changes in the divisions value.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="duration"/>
			<xs:group ref="editorial"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="beam">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Beam values include begin, continue, end, forward hook, and backward hook. Up to eight concurrent beams are available to cover up to 1024th notes. Each beam in a note is represented with a separate beam element, starting with the eighth note beam using a number attribute of 1.

Note that the beam number does not distinguish sets of beams that overlap, as it does for slur and other elements. Beaming groups are distinguished by being in different voices and/or the presence or absence of grace and cue elements.

Beams that have a begin value can also have a fan attribute to indicate accelerandos and ritardandos using fanned beams. The fan attribute may also be used with a continue value if the fanning direction changes on that note. The value is "none" if not specified.

The repeater attribute has been deprecated in MusicXML 3.0. Formerly used for tremolos, it needs to be specified with a "yes" value for each beam using it.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="beam-value">
				<xs:attribute name="number" type="beam-level" default="1"/>
				<xs:attribute name="repeater" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="fan" type="fan"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="bend">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The bend type is used in guitar notation and tablature. A single note with a bend and release will contain two bend elements: the first to represent the bend and the second to represent the release. The shape attribute distinguishes between the angled bend symbols commonly used in standard notation and the curved bend symbols commonly used in both tablature and standard notation.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="bend-alter" type="semitones">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The bend-alter element indicates the number of semitones in the bend, similar to the alter element. As with the alter element, numbers like 0.5 can be used to indicate microtones. Negative values indicate pre-bends or releases. The pre-bend and release elements are used to distinguish what is intended. Because the bend-alter element represents the number of steps in the bend, a release after a bend has a negative bend-alter value, not a zero value.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:choice minOccurs="0">
				<xs:element name="pre-bend" type="empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The pre-bend element indicates that a bend is a pre-bend rather than a normal bend or a release.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="release" type="release"/>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="with-bar" type="placement-text" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The with-bar element indicates that the bend is to be done at the bridge with a whammy or vibrato bar. The content of the element indicates how this should be notated. Content values of "scoop" and "dip" refer to the SMuFL guitarVibratoBarScoop and guitarVibratoBarDip glyphs.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="shape" type="bend-shape"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="bend-sound"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="breath-mark">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The breath-mark element indicates a place to take a breath.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="breath-mark-value">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="caesura">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The caesura element indicates a slight pause. It is notated using a "railroad tracks" symbol or other variations specified in the element content.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="caesura-value">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="elision">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The elision type represents an elision between lyric syllables. The text content specifies the symbol used to display the elision. Common values are a no-break space (Unicode 00A0), an underscore (Unicode 005F), or an undertie (Unicode 203F). If the text content is empty, the smufl attribute is used to specify the symbol to use. Its value is a SMuFL canonical glyph name that starts with lyrics. The SMuFL attribute is ignored if the elision glyph is already specified by the text content. If neither text content nor a smufl attribute are present, the elision glyph is application-specific.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
				<xs:attribute name="smufl" type="smufl-lyrics-glyph-name"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty-line">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty-line type represents an empty element with line-shape, line-type, line-length, dashed-formatting, print-style and placement attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-shape"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-type"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-length"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="dashed-formatting"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="extend">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The extend type represents lyric word extension / melisma lines as well as figured bass extensions. The optional type and position attributes are added in Version 3.0 to provide better formatting control.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop-continue"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="figure">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The figure type represents a single figure within a figured-bass element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="prefix" type="style-text" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Values for the prefix element include plus and the accidental values sharp, flat, natural, double-sharp, flat-flat, and sharp-sharp. The prefix element may contain additional values for symbols specific to particular figured bass styles.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="figure-number" type="style-text" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>A figure-number is a number. Overstrikes of the figure number are represented in the suffix element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="suffix" type="style-text" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Values for the suffix element include plus and the accidental values sharp, flat, natural, double-sharp, flat-flat, and sharp-sharp. Suffixes include both symbols that come after the figure number and those that overstrike the figure number. The suffix values slash, back-slash, and vertical are used for slashed numbers indicating chromatic alteration. The orientation and display of the slash usually depends on the figure number. The suffix element may contain additional values for symbols specific to particular figured bass styles.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="extend" type="extend" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="editorial"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="figured-bass">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The figured-bass element represents figured bass notation. Figured bass elements take their position from the first regular note (not a grace note or chord note) that follows in score order. The optional duration element is used to indicate changes of figures under a note.

Figures are ordered from top to bottom. The value of parentheses is "no" if not present.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="figure" type="figure" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:group ref="duration" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="editorial"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style-align"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="printout"/>
		<xs:attribute name="parentheses" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="forward">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The backup and forward elements are required to coordinate multiple voices in one part, including music on multiple staves. The forward element is generally used within voices and staves. Duration values should always be positive, and should not cross measure boundaries or mid-measure changes in the divisions value.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="duration"/>
			<xs:group ref="editorial-voice"/>
			<xs:group ref="staff" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="glissando">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Glissando and slide types both indicate rapidly moving from one pitch to the other so that individual notes are not discerned. A glissando sounds the distinct notes in between the two pitches and defaults to a wavy line. The optional text is printed alongside the line.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level" default="1"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-type"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="dashed-formatting"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="grace">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The grace type indicates the presence of a grace note. The slash attribute for a grace note is yes for slashed grace notes. The steal-time-previous attribute indicates the percentage of time to steal from the previous note for the grace note. The steal-time-following attribute indicates the percentage of time to steal from the following note for the grace note, as for appoggiaturas. The make-time attribute indicates to make time, not steal time; the units are in real-time divisions for the grace note.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="steal-time-previous" type="percent"/>
		<xs:attribute name="steal-time-following" type="percent"/>
		<xs:attribute name="make-time" type="divisions"/>
		<xs:attribute name="slash" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="hammer-on-pull-off">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The hammer-on and pull-off elements are used in guitar and fretted instrument notation. Since a single slur can be marked over many notes, the hammer-on and pull-off elements are separate so the individual pair of notes can be specified. The element content can be used to specify how the hammer-on or pull-off should be notated. An empty element leaves this choice up to the application.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level" default="1"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="handbell">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The handbell element represents notation for various techniques used in handbell and handchime music.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="handbell-value">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="harmon-closed">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harmon-closed type represents whether the harmon mute is closed, open, or half-open. The optional location attribute indicates which portion of the symbol is filled in when the element value is half.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="harmon-closed-value">
				<xs:attribute name="location" type="harmon-closed-location"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="harmon-mute">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harmon-mute type represents the symbols used for harmon mutes in brass notation.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="harmon-closed" type="harmon-closed"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="harmonic">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The harmonic type indicates natural and artificial harmonics. Allowing the type of pitch to be specified, combined with controls for appearance/playback differences, allows both the notation and the sound to be represented. Artificial harmonics can add a notated touching pitch; artificial pinch harmonics will usually not notate a touching pitch. The attributes for the harmonic element refer to the use of the circular harmonic symbol, typically but not always used with natural harmonics.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice minOccurs="0">
				<xs:element name="natural" type="empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The natural element indicates that this is a natural harmonic. These are usually notated at base pitch rather than sounding pitch.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="artificial" type="empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The artificial element indicates that this is an artificial harmonic.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:choice minOccurs="0">
				<xs:element name="base-pitch" type="empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The base pitch is the pitch at which the string is played before touching to create the harmonic.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="touching-pitch" type="empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The touching-pitch is the pitch at which the string is touched lightly to produce the harmonic.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="sounding-pitch" type="empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The sounding-pitch is the pitch which is heard when playing the harmonic.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:choice>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="heel-toe">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The heel and toe elements are used with organ pedals. The substitution value is "no" if the attribute is not present.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:complexContent>
			<xs:extension base="empty-placement">
				<xs:attribute name="substitution" type="yes-no"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:complexContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="hole">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The hole type represents the symbols used for woodwind and brass fingerings as well as other notations.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="hole-type" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The content of the optional hole-type element indicates what the hole symbol represents in terms of instrument fingering or other techniques.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="hole-closed" type="hole-closed"/>
			<xs:element name="hole-shape" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The optional hole-shape element indicates the shape of the hole symbol; the default is a circle.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="hole-closed">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The hole-closed type represents whether the hole is closed, open, or half-open. The optional location attribute indicates which portion of the hole is filled in when the element value is half.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="hole-closed-value">
				<xs:attribute name="location" type="hole-closed-location"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="instrument">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The instrument type distinguishes between score-instrument elements in a score-part. The id attribute is an IDREF back to the score-instrument ID. If multiple score-instruments are specified in a score-part, there should be an instrument element for each note in the part. Notes that are shared between multiple score-instruments can have more than one instrument element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:IDREF" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="listen">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The listen and listening types, new in Version 4.0, specify different ways that a score following or machine listening application can interact with a performer. The listen type handles interactions that are specific to a note. If multiple child elements of the same type are present, they should have distinct player and/or time-only attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
			<xs:element name="assess" type="assess"/>
			<xs:element name="wait" type="wait"/>
			<xs:element name="other-listen" type="other-listening"/>
		</xs:choice>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="lyric">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The lyric type represents text underlays for lyrics. Two text elements that are not separated by an elision element are part of the same syllable, but may have different text formatting. The MusicXML XSD is more strict than the DTD in enforcing this by disallowing a second syllabic element unless preceded by an elision element. The lyric number indicates multiple lines, though a name can be used as well. Common name examples are verse and chorus.

Justification is center by default; placement is below by default. Vertical alignment is to the baseline of the text and horizontal alignment matches justification. The print-object attribute can override a note's print-lyric attribute in cases where only some lyrics on a note are printed, as when lyrics for later verses are printed in a block of text rather than with each note. The time-only attribute precisely specifies which lyrics are to be sung which time through a repeated section.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice>
				<xs:sequence>
					<xs:element name="syllabic" type="syllabic" minOccurs="0"/>
					<xs:element name="text" type="text-element-data"/>
					<xs:sequence minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
						<xs:sequence minOccurs="0">
							<xs:element name="elision" type="elision"/>
							<xs:element name="syllabic" type="syllabic" minOccurs="0"/>
						</xs:sequence>
						<xs:element name="text" type="text-element-data"/>
					</xs:sequence>
					<xs:element name="extend" type="extend" minOccurs="0"/>
				</xs:sequence>
				<xs:element name="extend" type="extend"/>
				<xs:element name="laughing" type="empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The laughing element represents a laughing voice.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="humming" type="empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The humming element represents a humming voice.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="end-line" type="empty" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The end-line element comes from RP-017 for Standard MIDI File Lyric meta-events. It facilitates lyric display for Karaoke and similar applications.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="end-paragraph" type="empty" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The end-paragraph element comes from RP-017 for Standard MIDI File Lyric meta-events. It facilitates lyric display for Karaoke and similar applications.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:group ref="editorial"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="xs:NMTOKEN"/>
		<xs:attribute name="name" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="justify"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attribute name="time-only" type="time-only"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="mordent">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The mordent type is used for both represents the mordent sign with the vertical line and the inverted-mordent sign without the line. The long attribute is "no" by default. The approach and departure attributes are used for compound ornaments, indicating how the beginning and ending of the ornament look relative to the main part of the mordent.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:complexContent>
			<xs:extension base="empty-trill-sound">
				<xs:attribute name="long" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="approach" type="above-below"/>
				<xs:attribute name="departure" type="above-below"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:complexContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="non-arpeggiate">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The non-arpeggiate type indicates that this note is at the top or bottom of a bracket indicating to not arpeggiate these notes. Since this does not involve playback, it is only used on the top or bottom notes, not on each note as for the arpeggiate type.</xs:documentation>
	</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="top-bottom" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="notations">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Notations refer to musical notations, not XML notations. Multiple notations are allowed in order to represent multiple editorial levels. The print-object attribute, added in Version 3.0, allows notations to represent details of performance technique, such as fingerings, without having them appear in the score.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="editorial"/>
			<xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:element name="tied" type="tied"/>
				<xs:element name="slur" type="slur"/>
				<xs:element name="tuplet" type="tuplet"/>
				<xs:element name="glissando" type="glissando"/>
				<xs:element name="slide" type="slide"/>
				<xs:element name="ornaments" type="ornaments"/>
				<xs:element name="technical" type="technical"/>
				<xs:element name="articulations" type="articulations"/>
				<xs:element name="dynamics" type="dynamics"/>
				<xs:element name="fermata" type="fermata"/>
				<xs:element name="arpeggiate" type="arpeggiate"/>
				<xs:element name="non-arpeggiate" type="non-arpeggiate"/>
				<xs:element name="accidental-mark" type="accidental-mark"/>
				<xs:element name="other-notation" type="other-notation"/>
			</xs:choice>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="note">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Notes are the most common type of MusicXML data. The MusicXML format distinguishes between elements used for sound information and elements used for notation information (e.g., tie is used for sound, tied for notation). Thus grace notes do not have a duration element. Cue notes have a duration element, as do forward elements, but no tie elements. Having these two types of information available can make interchange easier, as some programs handle one type of information more readily than the other.

The print-leger attribute is used to indicate whether leger lines are printed. Notes without leger lines are used to indicate indeterminate high and low notes. By default, it is set to yes. If print-object is set to no, print-leger is interpreted to also be set to no if not present. This attribute is ignored for rests.

The dynamics and end-dynamics attributes correspond to MIDI 1.0's Note On and Note Off velocities, respectively. They are expressed in terms of percentages of the default forte value (90 for MIDI 1.0).

The attack and release attributes are used to alter the starting and stopping time of the note from when it would otherwise occur based on the flow of durations - information that is specific to a performance. They are expressed in terms of divisions, either positive or negative. A note that starts a tie should not have a release attribute, and a note that stops a tie should not have an attack attribute. The attack and release attributes are independent of each other. The attack attribute only changes the starting time of a note, and the release attribute only changes the stopping time of a note.

If a note is played only particular times through a repeat, the time-only attribute shows which times to play the note.

The pizzicato attribute is used when just this note is sounded pizzicato, vs. the pizzicato element which changes overall playback between pizzicato and arco.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice>
				<xs:sequence>
					<xs:element name="grace" type="grace"/>
					<xs:choice>
						<xs:sequence>
							<xs:group ref="full-note"/>
							<xs:element name="tie" type="tie" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="2"/>
						</xs:sequence>
						<xs:sequence>
							<xs:element name="cue" type="empty"/>
							<xs:group ref="full-note"/>
						</xs:sequence>
					</xs:choice>
				</xs:sequence>
				<xs:sequence>
					<xs:element name="cue" type="empty">
						<xs:annotation>
							<xs:documentation>The cue element indicates the presence of a cue note. In MusicXML, a cue note is a silent note with no playback. Normal notes that play can be specified as cue size using the type element. A cue note that is specified as full size using the type element will still remain silent.</xs:documentation>
						</xs:annotation>
					</xs:element>
					<xs:group ref="full-note"/>
					<xs:group ref="duration"/>
				</xs:sequence>
				<xs:sequence>
					<xs:group ref="full-note"/>
					<xs:group ref="duration"/>
					<xs:element name="tie" type="tie" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="2"/>
				</xs:sequence>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="instrument" type="instrument" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:group ref="editorial-voice"/>
			<xs:element name="type" type="note-type" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="dot" type="empty-placement" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>One dot element is used for each dot of prolongation. The placement attribute is used to specify whether the dot should appear above or below the staff line. It is ignored for notes that appear on a staff space.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="accidental" type="accidental" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="time-modification" type="time-modification" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="stem" type="stem" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="notehead" type="notehead" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="notehead-text" type="notehead-text" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="staff" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="beam" type="beam" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="8"/>
			<xs:element name="notations" type="notations" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="lyric" type="lyric" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="play" type="play" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="listen" type="listen" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="x-position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="printout"/>
		<xs:attribute name="print-leger" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="dynamics" type="non-negative-decimal"/>
		<xs:attribute name="end-dynamics" type="non-negative-decimal"/>
		<xs:attribute name="attack" type="divisions"/>
		<xs:attribute name="release" type="divisions"/>
		<xs:attribute name="time-only" type="time-only"/>
		<xs:attribute name="pizzicato" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="note-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The note-type type indicates the graphic note type. Values range from 1024th to maxima. The size attribute indicates full, cue, grace-cue, or large size. The default is full for regular notes, grace-cue for notes that contain both grace and cue elements, and cue for notes that contain either a cue or a grace element, but not both.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="note-type-value">
				<xs:attribute name="size" type="symbol-size"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="notehead">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The notehead type indicates shapes other than the open and closed ovals associated with note durations. 

The smufl attribute can be used to specify a particular notehead, allowing application interoperability without requiring every SMuFL glyph to have a MusicXML element equivalent. This attribute can be used either with the "other" value, or to refine a specific notehead value such as "cluster". Noteheads in the SMuFL Note name noteheads and Note name noteheads supplement ranges (U+E150–U+E1AF and U+EEE0–U+EEFF) should not use the smufl attribute or the "other" value, but instead use the notehead-text element.

For the enclosed shapes, the default is to be hollow for half notes and longer, and filled otherwise. The filled attribute can be set to change this if needed.

If the parentheses attribute is set to yes, the notehead is parenthesized. It is no by default.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="notehead-value">
				<xs:attribute name="filled" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attribute name="parentheses" type="yes-no"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="smufl"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="notehead-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The notehead-text type represents text that is displayed inside a notehead, as is done in some educational music. It is not needed for the numbers used in tablature or jianpu notation. The presence of a TAB or jianpu clefs is sufficient to indicate that numbers are used. The display-text and accidental-text elements allow display of fully formatted text and accidentals.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:element name="display-text" type="formatted-text"/>
				<xs:element name="accidental-text" type="accidental-text"/>
			</xs:choice>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="ornaments">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Ornaments can be any of several types, followed optionally by accidentals. The accidental-mark element's content is represented the same as an accidental element, but with a different name to reflect the different musical meaning.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
			<xs:choice>
				<xs:element name="trill-mark" type="empty-trill-sound">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The trill-mark element represents the trill-mark symbol.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="turn" type="horizontal-turn">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The turn element is the normal turn shape which goes up then down.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="delayed-turn" type="horizontal-turn">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The delayed-turn element indicates a normal turn that is delayed until the end of the current note.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="inverted-turn" type="horizontal-turn">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The inverted-turn element has the shape which goes down and then up.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="delayed-inverted-turn" type="horizontal-turn">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The delayed-inverted-turn element indicates an inverted turn that is delayed until the end of the current note.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="vertical-turn" type="empty-trill-sound">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The vertical-turn element has the turn symbol shape arranged vertically going from upper left to lower right.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="inverted-vertical-turn" type="empty-trill-sound">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The inverted-vertical-turn element has the turn symbol shape arranged vertically going from upper right to lower left.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="shake" type="empty-trill-sound">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The shake element has a similar appearance to an inverted-mordent element.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="wavy-line" type="wavy-line"/>
				<xs:element name="mordent" type="mordent">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The mordent element represents the sign with the vertical line. The choice of which mordent sign is inverted differs between MusicXML and SMuFL. The long attribute is "no" by default.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="inverted-mordent" type="mordent">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The inverted-mordent element represents the sign without the vertical line. The choice of which mordent is inverted differs between MusicXML and SMuFL. The long attribute is "no" by default.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="schleifer" type="empty-placement">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The name for this ornament is based on the German, to avoid confusion with the more common slide element defined earlier.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="tremolo" type="tremolo"/>
				<xs:element name="haydn" type="empty-trill-sound">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The haydn element represents the Haydn ornament. This is defined in SMuFL as ornamentHaydn.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="other-ornament" type="other-placement-text">
					<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The other-ornament element is used to define any ornaments not yet in the MusicXML format. The smufl attribute can be used to specify a particular ornament, allowing application interoperability without requiring every SMuFL ornament to have a MusicXML element equivalent. Using the other-ornament element without the smufl attribute allows for extended representation, though without application interoperability.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="accidental-mark" type="accidental-mark" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="other-notation">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The other-notation type is used to define any notations not yet in the MusicXML format. It handles notations where more specific extension elements such as other-dynamics and other-technical are not appropriate. The smufl attribute can be used to specify a particular notation, allowing application interoperability without requiring every SMuFL glyph to have a MusicXML element equivalent. Using the other-notation type without the smufl attribute allows for extended representation, though without application interoperability.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop-single" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level" default="1"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-object"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="smufl"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="other-placement-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The other-placement-text type represents a text element with print-style, placement, and smufl attribute groups. This type is used by MusicXML notation extension elements to allow specification of specific SMuFL glyphs without needed to add every glyph as a MusicXML element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="smufl"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="other-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The other-text type represents a text element with a smufl attribute group. This type is used by MusicXML direction extension elements to allow specification of specific SMuFL glyphs without needed to add every glyph as a MusicXML element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="smufl"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="pitch">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Pitch is represented as a combination of the step of the diatonic scale, the chromatic alteration, and the octave.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="step" type="step"/>
			<xs:element name="alter" type="semitones" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="octave" type="octave"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="placement-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The placement-text type represents a text element with print-style and placement attribute groups.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="release">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The release type indicates that a bend is a release rather than a normal bend or pre-bend. The offset attribute specifies where the release starts in terms of divisions relative to the current note. The first-beat and last-beat attributes of the parent bend element are relative to the original note position, not this offset value.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:complexContent>
			<xs:extension base="empty">
				<xs:attribute name="offset" type="divisions"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:complexContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="rest">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The rest element indicates notated rests or silences. Rest elements are usually empty, but placement on the staff can be specified using display-step and display-octave elements. If the measure attribute is set to yes, this indicates this is a complete measure rest.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="display-step-octave" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="measure" type="yes-no"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="slide">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Glissando and slide types both indicate rapidly moving from one pitch to the other so that individual notes are not discerned. A slide is continuous between the two pitches and defaults to a solid line. The optional text for a is printed alongside the line.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
				<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level" default="1"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-type"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="dashed-formatting"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="bend-sound"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="slur">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Slur types are empty. Most slurs are represented with two elements: one with a start type, and one with a stop type. Slurs can add more elements using a continue type. This is typically used to specify the formatting of cross-system slurs, or to specify the shape of very complex slurs.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop-continue" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level" default="1"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-type"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="dashed-formatting"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="orientation"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="bezier"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="stem">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Stems can be down, up, none, or double. For down and up stems, the position attributes can be used to specify stem length. The relative values specify the end of the stem relative to the program default. Default values specify an absolute end stem position. Negative values of relative-y that would flip a stem instead of shortening it are ignored. A stem element associated with a rest refers to a stemlet.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="stem-value">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="y-position"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="strong-accent">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The strong-accent type indicates a vertical accent mark. The type attribute indicates if the point of the accent is down or up.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:complexContent>
			<xs:extension base="empty-placement">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="up-down" default="up"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:complexContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="style-text">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The style-text type represents a text element with a print-style attribute group.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="tap">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tap type indicates a tap on the fretboard. The text content allows specification of the notation; + and T are common choices. If the element is empty, the hand attribute is used to specify the symbol to use. The hand attribute is ignored if the tap glyph is already specified by the text content. If neither text content nor the hand attribute are present, the display is application-specific.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attribute name="hand" type="tap-hand"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="technical">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Technical indications give performance information for individual instruments.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
			<xs:element name="up-bow" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The up-bow element represents the symbol that is used both for up-bowing on bowed instruments, and up-stroke on plucked instruments.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="down-bow" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The down-bow element represents the symbol that is used both for down-bowing on bowed instruments, and down-stroke on plucked instruments.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="harmonic" type="harmonic"/>
			<xs:element name="open-string" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The open-string element represents the zero-shaped open string symbol.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="thumb-position" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The thumb-position element represents the thumb position symbol. This is a circle with a line, where the line does not come within the circle. It is distinct from the snap pizzicato symbol, where the line comes inside the circle.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="fingering" type="fingering"/>
			<xs:element name="pluck" type="placement-text">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The pluck element is used to specify the plucking fingering on a fretted instrument, where the fingering element refers to the fretting fingering. Typical values are p, i, m, a for pulgar/thumb, indicio/index, medio/middle, and anular/ring fingers.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="double-tongue" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The double-tongue element represents the double tongue symbol (two dots arranged horizontally).</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="triple-tongue" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The triple-tongue element represents the triple tongue symbol (three dots arranged horizontally).</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="stopped" type="empty-placement-smufl">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The stopped element represents the stopped symbol, which looks like a plus sign. The smufl attribute distinguishes different SMuFL glyphs that have a similar appearance such as handbellsMalletBellSuspended and guitarClosePedal. If not present, the default glyph is brassMuteClosed.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="snap-pizzicato" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The snap-pizzicato element represents the snap pizzicato symbol. This is a circle with a line, where the line comes inside the circle. It is distinct from the thumb-position symbol, where the line does not come inside the circle.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="fret" type="fret"/>
			<xs:element name="string" type="string"/>
			<xs:element name="hammer-on" type="hammer-on-pull-off"/>
			<xs:element name="pull-off" type="hammer-on-pull-off"/>
			<xs:element name="bend" type="bend"/>
			<xs:element name="tap" type="tap"/>
			<xs:element name="heel" type="heel-toe"/>
			<xs:element name="toe" type="heel-toe"/>
			<xs:element name="fingernails" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The fingernails element is used in notation for harp and other plucked string instruments.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="hole" type="hole"/>
			<xs:element name="arrow" type="arrow"/>
			<xs:element name="handbell" type="handbell"/>
			<xs:element name="brass-bend" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The brass-bend element represents the u-shaped bend symbol used in brass notation, distinct from the bend element used in guitar music.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="flip" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The flip element represents the flip symbol used in brass notation.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="smear" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The smear element represents the tilde-shaped smear symbol used in brass notation.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="open" type="empty-placement-smufl">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The open element represents the open symbol, which looks like a circle. The smufl attribute can be used to distinguish different SMuFL glyphs that have a similar appearance such as brassMuteOpen and guitarOpenPedal. If not present, the default glyph is brassMuteOpen.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="half-muted" type="empty-placement-smufl">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The half-muted element represents the half-muted symbol, which looks like a circle with a plus sign inside. The smufl attribute can be used to distinguish different SMuFL glyphs that have a similar appearance such as brassMuteHalfClosed and guitarHalfOpenPedal. If not present, the default glyph is brassMuteHalfClosed.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="harmon-mute" type="harmon-mute"/>
			<xs:element name="golpe" type="empty-placement">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The golpe element represents the golpe symbol that is used for tapping the pick guard in guitar music.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="other-technical" type="other-placement-text">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The other-technical element is used to define any technical indications not yet in the MusicXML format. The smufl attribute can be used to specify a particular glyph, allowing application interoperability without requiring every SMuFL technical indication to have a MusicXML element equivalent. Using the other-technical element without the smufl attribute allows for extended representation, though without application interoperability.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:choice>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="text-element-data">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The text-element-data type represents a syllable or portion of a syllable for lyric text underlay. A hyphen in the string content should only be used for an actual hyphenated word. Language names for text elements come from ISO 639, with optional country subcodes from ISO 3166.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-decoration"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-rotation"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="letter-spacing"/>
				<xs:attribute ref="xml:lang"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="text-direction"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="tie">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tie element indicates that a tie begins or ends with this note. If the tie element applies only particular times through a repeat, the time-only attribute indicates which times to apply it. The tie element indicates sound; the tied element indicates notation.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="time-only" type="time-only"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="tied">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tied element represents the notated tie. The tie element represents the tie sound.

The number attribute is rarely needed to disambiguate ties, since note pitches will usually suffice. The attribute is implied rather than defaulting to 1 as with most elements. It is available for use in more complex tied notation situations.

Ties that join two notes of the same pitch together should be represented with a tied element on the first note with type="start" and a tied element on the second note with type="stop".  This can also be done if the two notes being tied are enharmonically equivalent, but have different step values. It is not recommended to use tied elements to join two notes with enharmonically inequivalent pitches.

Ties that indicate that an instrument should be undamped are specified with a single tied element with type="let-ring".

Ties that are visually attached to only one note, other than undamped ties, should be specified with two tied elements on the same note, first type="start" then type="stop". This can be used to represent ties into or out of repeated sections or codas.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="tied-type" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-type"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="dashed-formatting"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="orientation"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="bezier"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="time-modification">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Time modification indicates tuplets, double-note tremolos, and other durational changes. A time-modification element shows how the cumulative, sounding effect of tuplets and double-note tremolos compare to the written note type represented by the type and dot elements. Nested tuplets and other notations that use more detailed information need both the time-modification and tuplet elements to be represented accurately.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="actual-notes" type="xs:nonNegativeInteger">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The actual-notes element describes how many notes are played in the time usually occupied by the number in the normal-notes element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="normal-notes" type="xs:nonNegativeInteger">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The normal-notes element describes how many notes are usually played in the time occupied by the number in the actual-notes element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:sequence minOccurs="0">
				<xs:element name="normal-type" type="note-type-value">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>If the type associated with the number in the normal-notes element is different than the current note type (e.g., a quarter note within an eighth note triplet), then the normal-notes type (e.g. eighth) is specified in the normal-type and normal-dot elements.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="normal-dot" type="empty" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The normal-dot element is used to specify dotted normal tuplet types.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:sequence>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="tremolo">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tremolo ornament can be used to indicate single-note, double-note, or unmeasured tremolos. Single-note tremolos use the single type, double-note tremolos use the start and stop types, and unmeasured tremolos use the unmeasured type. The default is "single" for compatibility with Version 1.1. The text of the element indicates the number of tremolo marks and is an integer from 0 to 8. Note that the number of attached beams is not included in this value, but is represented separately using the beam element. The value should be 0 for unmeasured tremolos.

When using double-note tremolos, the duration of each note in the tremolo should correspond to half of the notated type value. A time-modification element should also be added with an actual-notes value of 2 and a normal-notes value of 1. If used within a tuplet, this 2/1 ratio should be multiplied by the existing tuplet ratio.

The smufl attribute specifies the glyph to use from the SMuFL Tremolos range for an unmeasured tremolo. It is ignored for other tremolo types. The SMuFL buzzRoll glyph is used by default if the attribute is missing.

Using repeater beams for indicating tremolos is deprecated as of MusicXML 3.0.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="tremolo-marks">
				<xs:attribute name="type" type="tremolo-type" default="single"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="print-style"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="smufl"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="tuplet">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>A tuplet element is present when a tuplet is to be displayed graphically, in addition to the sound data provided by the time-modification elements. The number attribute is used to distinguish nested tuplets. The bracket attribute is used to indicate the presence of a bracket. If unspecified, the results are implementation-dependent. The line-shape attribute is used to specify whether the bracket is straight or in the older curved or slurred style. It is straight by default.

Whereas a time-modification element shows how the cumulative, sounding effect of tuplets and double-note tremolos compare to the written note type, the tuplet element describes how this is displayed. The tuplet element also provides more detailed representation information than the time-modification element, and is needed to represent nested tuplets and other complex tuplets accurately.

The show-number attribute is used to display either the number of actual notes, the number of both actual and normal notes, or neither. It is actual by default. The show-type attribute is used to display either the actual type, both the actual and normal types, or neither. It is none by default.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="tuplet-actual" type="tuplet-portion" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The tuplet-actual element provide optional full control over how the actual part of the tuplet is displayed, including number and note type (with dots). If any of these elements are absent, their values are based on the time-modification element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="tuplet-normal" type="tuplet-portion" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The tuplet-normal element provide optional full control over how the normal part of the tuplet is displayed, including number and note type (with dots). If any of these elements are absent, their values are based on the time-modification element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="number-level"/>
		<xs:attribute name="bracket" type="yes-no"/>
		<xs:attribute name="show-number" type="show-tuplet"/>
		<xs:attribute name="show-type" type="show-tuplet"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="line-shape"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="placement"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="tuplet-dot">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tuplet-dot type is used to specify dotted tuplet types.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="tuplet-number">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tuplet-number type indicates the number of notes for this portion of the tuplet.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:nonNegativeInteger">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="tuplet-portion">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tuplet-portion type provides optional full control over tuplet specifications. It allows the number and note type (including dots) to be set for the actual and normal portions of a single tuplet. If any of these elements are absent, their values are based on the time-modification element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="tuplet-number" type="tuplet-number" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="tuplet-type" type="tuplet-type" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="tuplet-dot" type="tuplet-dot" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="tuplet-type">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tuplet-type type indicates the graphical note type of the notes for this portion of the tuplet.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="note-type-value">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="unpitched">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The unpitched type represents musical elements that are notated on the staff but lack definite pitch, such as unpitched percussion and speaking voice. If the child elements are not present, the note is placed on the middle line of the staff. This is generally used with a one-line staff. Notes in percussion clef should always use an unpitched element rather than a pitch element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="display-step-octave" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="wait">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The wait type specifies a point where the accompaniment should wait for a performer event before continuing. This typically happens at the start of new sections or after a held note or indeterminate music. These waiting points cannot always be inferred reliably from the contents of the displayed score. The optional player and time-only attributes restrict the type to apply to a single player or set of times through a repeated section, respectively.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="player" type="xs:IDREF"/>
		<xs:attribute name="time-only" type="time-only"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<!-- Complex types derived from score.mod elements -->

	<xs:complexType name="credit">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The credit type represents the appearance of the title, composer, arranger, lyricist, copyright, dedication, and other text, symbols, and graphics that commonly appear on the first page of a score. The credit-words, credit-symbol, and credit-image elements are similar to the words, symbol, and image elements for directions. However, since the credit is not part of a measure, the default-x and default-y attributes adjust the origin relative to the bottom left-hand corner of the page. The enclosure for credit-words and credit-symbol is none by default.

By default, a series of credit-words and credit-symbol elements within a single credit element follow one another in sequence visually. Non-positional formatting attributes are carried over from the previous element by default.

The page attribute for the credit element specifies the page number where the credit should appear. This is an integer value that starts with 1 for the first page. Its value is 1 by default. Since credits occur before the music, these page numbers do not refer to the page numbering specified by the print element's page-number attribute.

The credit-type element indicates the purpose behind a credit. Multiple types of data may be combined in a single credit, so multiple elements may be used. Standard values include page number, title, subtitle, composer, arranger, lyricist, rights, and part name.
</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="credit-type" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="link" type="link" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="bookmark" type="bookmark" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:choice>
				<xs:element name="credit-image" type="image"/>
				<xs:sequence>
					<xs:choice>
						<xs:element name="credit-words" type="formatted-text-id"/>
						<xs:element name="credit-symbol" type="formatted-symbol-id"/>
					</xs:choice>
					<xs:sequence minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
						<xs:element name="link" type="link" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
						<xs:element name="bookmark" type="bookmark" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
						<xs:choice>
							<xs:element name="credit-words" type="formatted-text-id"/>
							<xs:element name="credit-symbol" type="formatted-symbol-id"/>
						</xs:choice>
					</xs:sequence>
				</xs:sequence>
			</xs:choice>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="page" type="xs:positiveInteger"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="optional-unique-id"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="defaults">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The defaults type specifies score-wide defaults for scaling; whether or not the file is a concert score; layout; and default values for the music font, word font, lyric font, and lyric language. Except for the concert-score element, if any defaults are missing, the choice of what to use is determined by the application.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="scaling" type="scaling" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="concert-score" type="empty" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The presence of a concert-score element indicates that a score is displayed in concert pitch. It is used for scores that contain parts for transposing instruments.

A document with a concert-score element may not contain any transpose elements that have non-zero values for either the diatonic or chromatic elements. Concert scores may include octave transpositions, so transpose elements with a double element or a non-zero octave-change element value are permitted.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>				
			</xs:element>
			<xs:group ref="layout"/>
			<xs:element name="appearance" type="appearance" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="music-font" type="empty-font" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="word-font" type="empty-font" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="lyric-font" type="lyric-font" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="lyric-language" type="lyric-language" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="empty-font">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The empty-font type represents an empty element with font attributes.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="group-barline">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The group-barline type indicates if the group should have common barlines.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="group-barline-value">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="group-name">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The group-name type describes the name or abbreviation of a part-group element. Formatting attributes in the group-name type are deprecated in Version 2.0 in favor of the new group-name-display and group-abbreviation-display elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="group-name-text"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="group-symbol">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The group-symbol type indicates how the symbol for a group is indicated in the score. It is none if not specified.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="group-symbol-value">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="position"/>
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="color"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="instrument-link">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Multiple part-link elements can link a condensed part within a score file to multiple MusicXML parts files. For example, a "Clarinet 1 and 2" part in a score file could link to separate "Clarinet 1" and "Clarinet 2" part files. The instrument-link type distinguish which of the score-instruments within a score-part are in which part file. The instrument-link id attribute refers to a score-instrument id attribute.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:IDREF" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="lyric-font">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The lyric-font type specifies the default font for a particular name and number of lyric.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="xs:NMTOKEN"/>
		<xs:attribute name="name" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="font"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="lyric-language">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The lyric-language type specifies the default language for a particular name and number of lyric.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="xs:NMTOKEN"/>
		<xs:attribute name="name" type="xs:token"/>
		<xs:attribute ref="xml:lang" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="opus">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The opus type represents a link to a MusicXML opus document that composes multiple MusicXML scores into a collection.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="link-attributes"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="part-group">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The part-group element indicates groupings of parts in the score, usually indicated by braces and brackets. Braces that are used for multi-staff parts should be defined in the attributes element for that part. The part-group start element appears before the first score-part in the group. The part-group stop element appears after the last score-part in the group.

The number attribute is used to distinguish overlapping and nested part-groups, not the sequence of groups. As with parts, groups can have a name and abbreviation. Values for the child elements are ignored at the stop of a group.

A part-group element is not needed for a single multi-staff part. By default, multi-staff parts include a brace symbol and (if appropriate given the bar-style) common barlines. The symbol formatting for a multi-staff part can be more fully specified using the part-symbol element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="group-name" type="group-name" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="group-name-display" type="name-display" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Formatting specified in the group-name-display element overrides formatting specified in the group-name element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="group-abbreviation" type="group-name" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="group-abbreviation-display" type="name-display" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Formatting specified in the group-abbreviation-display element overrides formatting specified in the group-abbreviation element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="group-symbol" type="group-symbol" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="group-barline" type="group-barline" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="group-time" type="empty" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The group-time element indicates that the displayed time signatures should stretch across all parts and staves in the group.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:group ref="editorial"/>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="type" type="start-stop" use="required"/>
		<xs:attribute name="number" type="xs:token" default="1"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="part-link">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The part-link type allows MusicXML data for both score and parts to be contained within a single compressed MusicXML file. It links a score-part from a score document to MusicXML documents that contain parts data. In the case of a single compressed MusicXML file, the link href values are paths that are relative to the root folder of the zip file.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="instrument-link" type="instrument-link" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="group-link" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Multiple part-link elements can reference different types of linked documents, such as parts and condensed score. The optional group-link elements identify the groups used in the linked document. The content of a group-link element should match the content of a group element in the linked document.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attributeGroup ref="link-attributes"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="part-list">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The part-list identifies the different musical parts in this document. Each part has an ID that is used later within the musical data. Since parts may be encoded separately and combined later, identification elements are present at both the score and score-part levels. There must be at least one score-part, combined as desired with part-group elements that indicate braces and brackets. Parts are ordered from top to bottom in a score based on the order in which they appear in the part-list.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="part-group" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:group ref="score-part"/>
			<xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:group ref="part-group"/>
				<xs:group ref="score-part"/>
			</xs:choice>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="part-name">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The part-name type describes the name or abbreviation of a score-part element. Formatting attributes for the part-name element are deprecated in Version 2.0 in favor of the new part-name-display and part-abbreviation-display elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:simpleContent>
			<xs:extension base="xs:string">
				<xs:attributeGroup ref="part-name-text"/>
			</xs:extension>
		</xs:simpleContent>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="player">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The player type allows for multiple players per score-part for use in listening applications. One player may play multiple instruments, while a single instrument may include multiple players in divisi sections.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="player-name" type="xs:string">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The player-name element is typically used within a software application, rather than appearing on the printed page of a score.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:ID" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>
	
	<xs:complexType name="score-instrument">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The score-instrument type represents a single instrument within a score-part. As with the score-part type, each score-instrument has a required ID attribute, a name, and an optional abbreviation.

A score-instrument type is also required if the score specifies MIDI 1.0 channels, banks, or programs. An initial midi-instrument assignment can also be made here. MusicXML software should be able to automatically assign reasonable channels and instruments without these elements in simple cases, such as where part names match General MIDI instrument names.

The score-instrument element can also distinguish multiple instruments of the same type that are on the same part, such as Clarinet 1 and Clarinet 2 instruments within a Clarinets 1 and 2 part.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="instrument-name" type="xs:string">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The instrument-name element is typically used within a software application, rather than appearing on the printed page of a score.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="instrument-abbreviation" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The optional instrument-abbreviation element is typically used within a software application, rather than appearing on the printed page of a score.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:group ref="virtual-instrument-data"/>
			</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:ID" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="score-part">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The score-part type collects part-wide information for each part in a score. Often, each MusicXML part corresponds to a track in a Standard MIDI Format 1 file. In this case, the midi-device element is used to make a MIDI device or port assignment for the given track or specific MIDI instruments. Initial midi-instrument assignments may be made here as well. The score-instrument elements are used when there are multiple instruments per track.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="identification" type="identification" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="part-link" type="part-link" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="part-name" type="part-name"/>
			<xs:element name="part-name-display" type="name-display" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="part-abbreviation" type="part-name" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="part-abbreviation-display" type="name-display" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="group" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The group element allows the use of different versions of the part for different purposes. Typical values include score, parts, sound, and data. Ordering information can be derived from the ordering within a MusicXML score or opus.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="score-instrument" type="score-instrument" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="player" type="player" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:sequence minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:element name="midi-device" type="midi-device" minOccurs="0"/>
				<xs:element name="midi-instrument" type="midi-instrument" minOccurs="0"/>
			</xs:sequence>
		</xs:sequence>
		<xs:attribute name="id" type="xs:ID" use="required"/>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="virtual-instrument">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The virtual-instrument element defines a specific virtual instrument used for an instrument sound.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="virtual-library" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The virtual-library element indicates the virtual instrument library name.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="virtual-name" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The virtual-name element indicates the library-specific name for the virtual instrument.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<xs:complexType name="work">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Works are optionally identified by number and title. The work type also may indicate a link to the opus document that composes multiple scores into a collection.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="work-number" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The work-number element specifies the number of a work, such as its opus number.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="work-title" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The work-title element specifies the title of a work, not including its opus or other work number.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="opus" type="opus" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:complexType>

	<!-- Element groups derived from common.mod entities and elements -->

	<xs:group name="editorial">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The editorial group specifies editorial information for a musical element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="footnote" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="level" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="editorial-voice">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The editorial-voice group supports the common combination of editorial and voice information for a musical element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="footnote" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="level" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="voice" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="editorial-voice-direction">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The editorial-voice-direction group supports the common combination of editorial and voice information for a direction element. It is separate from the editorial-voice element because extensions and restrictions might be different for directions than for the note and forward elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="footnote" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="level" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:group ref="voice" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="footnote">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The footnote element specifies editorial information that appears in footnotes in the printed score. It is defined within a group due to its multiple uses within the MusicXML schema.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="footnote" type="formatted-text"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="level">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The level element specifies editorial information for different MusicXML elements. It is defined within a group due to its multiple uses within the MusicXML schema.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="level" type="level"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="staff">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The staff element is defined within a group due to its use by both notes and direction elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="staff" type="xs:positiveInteger">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Staff assignment is only needed for music notated on multiple staves. Used by both notes and directions. Staff values are numbers, with 1 referring to the top-most staff in a part.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="tuning">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The tuning group contains the sequence of elements common to the staff-tuning and accord elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="tuning-step" type="step">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The tuning-step element is represented like the step element, with a different name to reflect its different function in string tuning.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="tuning-alter" type="semitones" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The tuning-alter element is represented like the alter element, with a different name to reflect its different function in string tuning.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="tuning-octave" type="octave">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The tuning-octave element is represented like the octave element, with a different name to reflect its different function in string tuning.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="virtual-instrument-data">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Virtual instrument data can be part of either the score-instrument element at the start of a part, or an instrument-change element within a part.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="instrument-sound" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The instrument-sound element describes the default timbre of the score-instrument. This description is independent of a particular virtual or MIDI instrument specification and allows playback to be shared more easily between applications and libraries.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:choice minOccurs="0">
				<xs:element name="solo" type="empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The solo element is present if performance is intended by a solo instrument.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="ensemble" type="positive-integer-or-empty">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The ensemble element is present if performance is intended by an ensemble such as an orchestral section. The text of the ensemble element contains the size of the section, or is empty if the ensemble size is not specified.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="virtual-instrument" type="virtual-instrument" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>
	
	<xs:group name="voice">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>A voice is a sequence of musical events (e.g. notes, chords, rests) that proceeds linearly in time. The voice element is used to distinguish between multiple voices in individual parts. It is defined within a group due to its multiple uses within the MusicXML schema.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="voice" type="xs:string"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<!-- Element groups derived from attributes.mod elements -->

	<xs:group name="clef">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Clefs are represented by a combination of sign, line, and clef-octave-change elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="sign" type="clef-sign">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The sign element represents the clef symbol.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="line" type="staff-line-position" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Line numbers are counted from the bottom of the staff. They are only needed with the G, F, and C signs in order to position a pitch correctly on the staff. Standard values are 2 for the G sign (treble clef), 4 for the F sign (bass clef), and 3 for the C sign (alto clef). Line values can be used to specify positions outside the staff, such as a C clef positioned in the middle of a grand staff.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="clef-octave-change" type="xs:integer" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The clef-octave-change element is used for transposing clefs. A treble clef for tenors would have a value of -1.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>
	
	<xs:group name="non-traditional-key">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The non-traditional-key group represents a single alteration within a non-traditional key signature. A sequence of these groups makes up a non-traditional key signature</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="key-step" type="step">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Non-traditional key signatures are represented using a list of altered tones. The key-step element indicates the pitch step to be altered, represented using the same names as in the step element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="key-alter" type="semitones">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Non-traditional key signatures are represented using a list of altered tones. The key-alter element represents the alteration for a given pitch step, represented with semitones in the same manner as the alter element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="key-accidental" type="key-accidental" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Non-traditional key signatures are represented using a list of altered tones. The key-accidental element indicates the accidental to be displayed in the key signature, represented in the same manner as the accidental element. It is used for disambiguating microtonal accidentals.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="slash">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The slash group combines elements used for more complete specification of the slash and beat-repeat measure-style elements. They have the same values as the type and dot elements, and define what the beat is for the display of repetition marks. If not present, the beat is based on the current time signature.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:sequence minOccurs="0">
				<xs:element name="slash-type" type="note-type-value">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The slash-type element indicates the graphical note type to use for the display of repetition marks.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
				<xs:element name="slash-dot" type="empty" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The slash-dot element is used to specify any augmentation dots in the note type used to display repetition marks.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="except-voice" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The except-voice element is used to specify a combination of slash notation and regular notation. Any note elements that are in voices specified by the except-voice elements are displayed in normal notation, in addition to the slash notation that is always displayed.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="time-signature">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>Time signatures are represented by the beats element for the numerator and the beat-type element for the denominator.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="beats" type="xs:string">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The beats element indicates the number of beats, as found in the numerator of a time signature.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="beat-type" type="xs:string">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The beat-type element indicates the beat unit, as found in the denominator of a time signature.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="traditional-key">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The traditional-key group represents a traditional key signature using the cycle of fifths.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="cancel" type="cancel" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="fifths" type="fifths"/>
			<xs:element name="mode" type="mode" minOccurs="0"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="transpose">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The transpose group represents what must be added to a written pitch to get a correct sounding pitch.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="diatonic" type="xs:integer" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The diatonic element specifies the number of pitch steps needed to go from written to sounding pitch. This allows for correct spelling of enharmonic transpositions. This value does not include octave-change values; the values for both elements need to be added to the written pitch to get the correct sounding pitch.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="chromatic" type="semitones">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The chromatic element represents the number of semitones needed to get from written to sounding pitch. This value does not include octave-change values; the values for both elements need to be added to the written pitch to get the correct sounding pitch.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="octave-change" type="xs:integer" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The octave-change element indicates how many octaves to add to get from written pitch to sounding pitch. The octave-change element should be included when using transposition intervals of an octave or more, and should not be present for intervals of less than an octave.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="double" type="double" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>If the double element is present, it indicates that the music is doubled one octave from what is currently written.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>
	
	<!-- Element groups derived from direction.mod entities and elements -->

	<xs:group name="beat-unit">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The beat-unit group combines elements used repeatedly in the metronome element to specify a note within a metronome mark.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="beat-unit" type="note-type-value">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The beat-unit element indicates the graphical note type to use in a metronome mark.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="beat-unit-dot" type="empty" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The beat-unit-dot element is used to specify any augmentation dots for a metronome mark note.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="harmony-chord">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>A harmony element can contain many stacked chords (e.g. V of II). A sequence of harmony-chord groups is used for this type of secondary function, where V of II would be represented by a harmony-chord with a 5 numeral followed by a harmony-chord with a 2 numeral.

A root is a pitch name like C, D, E, while a numeral is a scale degree like 1, 2, 3. The root element is generally used with pop chord symbols, while the numeral element is generally used with classical functional harmony and Nashville numbers. It is an either/or choice to avoid data inconsistency. The function element, which represents Roman numerals with roman numeral text, has been deprecated as of MusicXML 4.0.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice>
				<xs:element name="root" type="root"/>
				<xs:element name="numeral" type="numeral"/>
				<xs:element name="function" type="style-text">
					<xs:annotation>
						<xs:documentation>The function element represents classical functional harmony with an indication like I, II, III rather than C, D, E. It represents the Roman numeral part of a functional harmony rather than the complete function itself. It has been deprecated as of MusicXML 4.0 in favor of the numeral element.</xs:documentation>
					</xs:annotation>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:choice>
			<xs:element name="kind" type="kind"/>
			<xs:element name="inversion" type="inversion" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="bass" type="bass" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="degree" type="degree" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<!-- Element groups derived from layout.mod entities and elements -->

	<xs:group name="all-margins">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The all-margins group specifies both horizontal and vertical margins in tenths.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:group ref="left-right-margins"/>
			<xs:element name="top-margin" type="tenths"/>
			<xs:element name="bottom-margin" type="tenths"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="layout">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The layout group specifies the sequence of page, system, and staff layout elements that is common to both the defaults and print elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="page-layout" type="page-layout" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="system-layout" type="system-layout" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="staff-layout" type="staff-layout" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="left-right-margins">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The left-right-margins group specifies horizontal margins in tenths.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="left-margin" type="tenths"/>
			<xs:element name="right-margin" type="tenths"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<!-- Element groups derived from note.mod entities and elements -->

	<xs:group name="duration">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The duration element is defined within a group due to its uses within the note, figured-bass, backup, and forward elements.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="duration" type="positive-divisions">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Duration is a positive number specified in division units. This is the intended duration vs. notated duration (for instance, differences in dotted notes in Baroque-era music). Differences in duration specific to an interpretation or performance should be represented using the note element's attack and release attributes.

The duration element moves the musical position when used in backup elements, forward elements, and note elements that do not contain a chord child element.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="display-step-octave">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The display-step-octave group contains the sequence of elements used by both the rest and unpitched elements. This group is used to place rests and unpitched elements on the staff without implying that these elements have pitch. Positioning follows the current clef. If percussion clef is used, the display-step and display-octave elements are interpreted as if in treble clef, with a G in octave 4 on line 2.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="display-step" type="step"/>
			<xs:element name="display-octave" type="octave"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="full-note">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The full-note group is a sequence of the common note elements between cue/grace notes and regular (full) notes: pitch, chord, and rest information, but not duration (cue and grace notes do not have duration encoded). Unpitched elements are used for unpitched percussion, speaking voice, and other musical elements lacking determinate pitch.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="chord" type="empty" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The chord element indicates that this note is an additional chord tone with the preceding note.

The duration of a chord note does not move the musical position within a measure. That is done by the duration of the first preceding note without a chord element. Thus the duration of a chord note cannot be longer than the preceding note.
							
In most cases the duration will be the same as the preceding note. However it can be shorter in situations such as multiple stops for string instruments.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:choice>
				<xs:element name="pitch" type="pitch"/>
				<xs:element name="unpitched" type="unpitched"/>
				<xs:element name="rest" type="rest"/>
			</xs:choice>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<!-- Element groups derived from score.mod entities and elements -->

	<xs:group name="music-data">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The music-data group contains the basic musical data that is either associated with a part or a measure, depending on whether the partwise or timewise hierarchy is used.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
				<xs:element name="note" type="note"/>
				<xs:element name="backup" type="backup"/>
				<xs:element name="forward" type="forward"/>
				<xs:element name="direction" type="direction"/>
				<xs:element name="attributes" type="attributes"/>
				<xs:element name="harmony" type="harmony"/>
				<xs:element name="figured-bass" type="figured-bass"/>
				<xs:element name="print" type="print"/>
				<xs:element name="sound" type="sound"/>
				<xs:element name="listening" type="listening"/>
				<xs:element name="barline" type="barline"/>
				<xs:element name="grouping" type="grouping"/>
				<xs:element name="link" type="link"/>
				<xs:element name="bookmark" type="bookmark"/>
			</xs:choice>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="part-group">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The part-group element is defined within a group due to its multiple uses within the part-list element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="part-group" type="part-group"/>			
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="score-header">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The score-header group contains basic score metadata about the work and movement, score-wide defaults for layout and fonts, credits that appear on the first or following pages, and the part list.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="work" type="work" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="movement-number" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The movement-number element specifies the number of a movement.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="movement-title" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>The movement-title element specifies the title of a movement, not including its number.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
			<xs:element name="identification" type="identification" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="defaults" type="defaults" minOccurs="0"/>
			<xs:element name="credit" type="credit" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
			<xs:element name="part-list" type="part-list"/>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:group name="score-part">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The score-part element is defined within a group due to its multiple uses within the part-list element.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:sequence>
			<xs:element name="score-part" type="score-part">
				<xs:annotation>
					<xs:documentation>Each MusicXML part corresponds to a track in a Standard MIDI Format 1 file. The score-instrument elements are used when there are multiple instruments per track. The midi-device element is used to make a MIDI device or port assignment for the given track. Initial midi-instrument assignments may be made here as well.</xs:documentation>
				</xs:annotation>
			</xs:element>
		</xs:sequence>
	</xs:group>

	<xs:annotation>
		<xs:documentation>The score is the root element for the schema. It includes the score-header group, followed either by a series of parts with measures inside (score-partwise) or a series of measures with parts inside (score-timewise). Having distinct top-level elements for partwise and timewise scores makes it easy to ensure that an XSLT stylesheet does not try to transform a document already in the desired format.</xs:documentation>
	</xs:annotation>

	<xs:element name="score-partwise" block="extension substitution" final="#all">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The score-partwise element is the root element for a partwise MusicXML score. It includes a score-header group followed by a series of parts with measures inside. The document-attributes attribute group includes the version attribute.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:complexType>
			<xs:sequence>
				<xs:group ref="score-header"/>
				<xs:element name="part" maxOccurs="unbounded">
					<xs:complexType>
						<xs:sequence>
							<xs:element name="measure" maxOccurs="unbounded">
								<xs:complexType>
									<xs:group ref="music-data"/>
									<xs:attributeGroup ref="measure-attributes"/>
								</xs:complexType>
							</xs:element>
						</xs:sequence>
						<xs:attributeGroup ref="part-attributes"/>
					</xs:complexType>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:sequence>
			<xs:attributeGroup ref="document-attributes"/>
		</xs:complexType>
	</xs:element>

	<xs:element name="score-timewise" block="extension substitution" final="#all">
		<xs:annotation>
			<xs:documentation>The score-timewise element is the root element for a timewise MusicXML score. It includes a score-header group followed by a series of measures with parts inside. The document-attributes attribute group includes the version attribute.</xs:documentation>
		</xs:annotation>
		<xs:complexType>
			<xs:sequence>
				<xs:group ref="score-header"/>
				<xs:element name="measure" maxOccurs="unbounded">
					<xs:complexType>
						<xs:sequence>
							<xs:element name="part" maxOccurs="unbounded">
								<xs:complexType>
									<xs:group ref="music-data"/>
									<xs:attributeGroup ref="part-attributes"/>
								</xs:complexType>
							</xs:element>
						</xs:sequence>
						<xs:attributeGroup ref="measure-attributes"/>
					</xs:complexType>
				</xs:element>
			</xs:sequence>
			<xs:attributeGroup ref="document-attributes"/>
		</xs:complexType>
	</xs:element>

</xs:schema>